Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

PL-300 Exam

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 379

- Expert Verified, Online, Free.

 Custom View Settings


Topic 1 - Question Set 1

Question #1 Topic 1

HOTSPOT -
You plan to create the Power BI model shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

The data has the following refresh requirements:


✑ Customer must be refreshed daily.
✑ Date must be refreshed once every three years.
✑ Sales must be refreshed in near real time.
✑ SalesAggregate must be refreshed once per week.
You need to select the storage modes for the tables. The solution must meet the following requirements:
✑ Minimize the load times of visuals.
✑ Ensure that the data is loaded to the model based on the refresh requirements.
Which storage mode should you select for each table? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: Dual -
Customer should use the dual storage mode.
Dual: Tables with this setting can act as either cached or not cached, depending on the context of the query that's submitted to the Power BI
dataset. In some cases, you fulfill queries from cached data. In other cases, you fulfill queries by executing an on-demand query to the data
source.
Note: You set the Storage mode property to one of these three values: Import, DirectQuery, and Dual.

Box 2: Dual -
You can set the dimension tables (Customer, Geography, and Date) to Dual to reduce the number of limited relationships in the dataset, and
improve performance.

Box 3: DirectQuery -
Sales should use the DirectQuery storage mode.
DirectQuery: Tables with this setting aren't cached. Queries that you submit to the Power BI dataset‫ג‬€"for example, DAX queries‫ג‬€"and that
return data from
DirectQuery tables can be fulfilled only by executing on-demand queries to the data source. Queries that you submit to the data source use the
query language for that data source, for example, SQL.

Box 4: Import -
Import: Imported tables with this setting are cached. Queries submitted to the Power BI dataset that return data from Import tables can be
fulfilled only from cached data.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-storage-mode

  _Jay_ Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Technically Yes, Correct

Dual (Composite) Mode:


The dual storage mode is between Import and DirectQuery. it is a hybrid approach, Like importing data, the dual storage mode caches the data
in the table. However, it leaves it up to Power BI to determine the best way to query the table depending on the query context.

1) Sales Must be Refreshed in Near real time so "Direct Query"


2) Sales Aggregate is once per week so "Import" (performance also required)
3) Both Date and Customer has relationship with both Sales and SalesAggregate tables so "Dual"
because to support performance for DirectQuery(Sales) and Import(SalesAggregate)
upvoted 50 times

  disndat7 3 days, 22 hours ago


Agreed with this approach.
upvoted 2 times
  Deeku 1 month ago
makes sense
upvoted 1 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


makes sense. thanks
upvoted 2 times

  Elena3061 2 months, 1 week ago


thanks
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


Seems correct
upvoted 1 times

  YourExams 2 weeks, 4 days ago


Hi, how to review all questions ? i dont have access to review case studies.
upvoted 1 times

  Raza12 3 weeks, 1 day ago


i think the given answer is Right. please check the link and confirm back for the rest of the people.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-storage-mode
upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Customer: Dual
Date: Dual
Sales: DirectQuery
SalesAggregate: Import
upvoted 2 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Direct Query
Dual
Dual
Import
upvoted 1 times

  Manzy2599 2 months, 1 week ago


This answer is misleading... Not sure why it's showing DUAL - the exact same question on skillcertpro had a different answer
upvoted 3 times

  zerone72 2 months, 2 weeks ago


@Elena3061 I guess you should dual instead of DirectQuery because of their relationship with both import mode table and directQuery mode
table. Take a look at _Jay_'s post and at the "Limited Relationship" paragraph in this article https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-
bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand
upvoted 3 times

  Elena3061 2 months, 1 week ago


thank you!
upvoted 1 times

  Krish_456 2 months, 2 weeks ago


can anyone help me how to get all the question and answers. I will pay for contributor access and i need help how to get contributor access that
process and all
upvoted 1 times

  Fahim_88 1 month ago


Hey if you wanna buy contributor access in sharing let me know
upvoted 1 times

  GGrace 2 months, 3 weeks ago


find more: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-storage-mode
upvoted 2 times

  Elena3061 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Can someone explain for me why should we use Dual instead of DirectQuiry for Date and Customer tables? Thank you
upvoted 2 times

  gabrysr1997 3 months ago


is the answer correct?
upvoted 2 times
Question #2 Topic 1

You have a project management app that is fully hosted in Microsoft Teams. The app was developed by using Microsoft Power Apps.
You need to create a Power BI report that connects to the project management app.
Which connector should you select?

A. Microsoft Teams Personal Analytics

B. SQL Server database

C. Dataverse

D. Dataflows

Correct Answer: C
Data sources in Power BI Desktop.
The Power Platform category provides the following data connections:

Power BI datasets -

Power BI dataflows -
Common Data Service (Legacy)

Dataverse -

Dataflows -
Other data sources include Microsoft Teams Personal Analytics (Beta).
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-data-sources

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  Abasifreke Highly Voted  3 months ago


You can use the Microsoft Power BI template to import data into Power BI from Project for the web and Project Online. When you're using the
template, you're connected to your Microsoft Dataverse instance, where your Microsoft Project web app data is stored.

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/use-power-bi-desktop-to-connect-with-your-project-data-df4ccca1-68e9-418c-9d0f-022ac05249a2
upvoted 9 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C, Dataverse is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Dataverse
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/teams/overview-data-platform
upvoted 1 times

  Lkra1 2 months ago


Selected Answer: C
is C 100%
upvoted 1 times

  Nurgul 2 months ago


Selected Answer: C
I think it's Dataverse
upvoted 1 times

  eckip 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #3 Topic 1

For the sales department at your company, you publish a Power BI report that imports data from a Microsoft Excel file located in a Microsoft
SharePoint folder.
The data model contains several measures.
You need to create a Power BI report from the existing data. The solution must minimize development effort.
Which type of data source should you use?

A. Power BI dataset

B. a SharePoint folder

C. Power BI dataflows

D. an Excel workbook

Correct Answer: B
Connect to a SharePoint folder from Power Query Desktop
To connect to a SharePoint folder:
1. From Get Data, select SharePoint folder.
2. Paste the SharePoint site URL you copied in Determine the site URL to the Site URL text box in the SharePoint folder dialog box. In this
example, the site URL is https://contoso.sharepoint.com/marketing/data. If the site URL you enter is invalid, a warning icon. warning icon will
appear next to the URL text box.

Select OK to continue.
3. If this is the first time you've visited this site address, select the appropriate authentication method. Enter your credentials and choose which
level to apply these settings to. Then select Connect.
4. When you select the SharePoint folder you want to use, the file information about all of the files in that SharePoint folder are displayed. In
addition, file information about any files in any subfolders is also displayed.

5. Etc.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sharepointfolder

Community vote distribution


A (69%) B (31%)

  Nomios Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


It should be dataset, because the case states there is already a report published and the datamodel contains measures. therefore and to be able
to use the measures in the datamodel you should connect to the existing dataset (which was created when you plublished the report) instead of
starting from scratch with the files in the SharePoint folder.
upvoted 23 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 5 days, 10 hours ago


The question is confusing because it doesn't tell clearly that there are two reports. So the second report can reuse the dataset of the first one.
upvoted 1 times

  NatRob 3 weeks, 2 days ago


After reading the question multiple times, the biggest takeaway is that its asking directly for data. A SharePoint folder HOLDS data, but it is
not data itself. I agree with this and think its the existing dataset
upvoted 1 times

  rashjan Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
reuse the existing dataset.
upvoted 10 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  5 days, 10 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
I read this question case like this:
1. You publish a Power BI report with its dataset including measures
2. You create a second Power BI report using the existing data with a minimal of effort.

So my conclusion would be to reuse the dataset that was published together with the first report. So answer A.
upvoted 1 times

  Shiiton 1 week, 2 days ago


Sharepoint! Powerbi dataset wouldn't allow to use some features which was not declared in the question if was going to be necessary or not.
upvoted 1 times

  chiwilo 3 weeks, 4 days ago


La respuesta correcta es Un conjunto de datos
upvoted 1 times

  albi123 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Answer is "A"
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


"...you publish a Power BI report..."
"...The solution must minimize development effort."
So the solution is A
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
A) There's a Dataset already used once
upvoted 1 times

  xxfangxx 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
"You need to create a Power BI report from the existing data."
the keywords here is "EXISTING DATA"
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Can use the existing dataset, it contains measures and the requirement was for least development effort. Its entirely possible to use an existing
dataset to create a new report within the PowerBI service
upvoted 1 times

  Lkra1 2 months ago


Selected Answer: B
Its a sharepoint folder, we are specifically being told that the data is in a SharePoint location
upvoted 2 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Yes. The Microsoft Excel file is in a SharePoint location. But we are asked to "create a Power BI report from the existing data. The solution
must minimize development effort". So we can reuse the existing dataset.
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 2 months ago


Selected Answer: A
Choosing a Power BI dataset will minimize the development effort.
upvoted 2 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
I looked at the data lineage view in my workspace, and you're correct. If the question was dataset, then the existing Power BI dataset should be
reused. In this case, you connect to the data source which is the share point folder.
upvoted 4 times

  saurinkhamar 2 months, 1 week ago


B. a SharePoint folder as a datasource. Dataset is not a datasource.
Dataset supports multiple datasources.
upvoted 3 times

  aish 1 month ago


Power BI is also a type of data source.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-data-sources
upvoted 1 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


I looked at the data lineage view in my workspace, and you're correct. If the question was dataset, then the existing Power BI dataset should
be reused. In this case, you connect to the data source which is the share point folder.
upvoted 2 times

  alosh 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
A : is The Correct Ansower (Dataset)
the data is already Existing
upvoted 3 times

  alosh 2 months, 2 weeks ago


A : is The Correct Ansower (Dataset)
the data is already Existing
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 months, 2 weeks ago


dataset is correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #4 Topic 1

You import two Microsoft Excel tables named Customer and Address into Power Query. Customer contains the following columns:
✑ Customer ID
✑ Customer Name
✑ Phone
✑ Email Address
✑ Address ID
Address contains the following columns:
✑ Address ID
✑ Address Line 1
✑ Address Line 2
✑ City
✑ State/Region
✑ Country
✑ Postal Code
Each Customer ID represents a unique customer in the Customer table. Each Address ID represents a unique address in the Address table.
You need to create a query that has one row per customer. Each row must contain City, State/Region, and Country for each customer.
What should you do?

A. Merge the Customer and Address tables.

B. Group the Customer and Address tables by the Address ID column.

C. Transpose the Customer and Address tables.

D. Append the Customer and Address tables.

Correct Answer: A
A merge queries operation joins two existing tables together based on matching values from one or multiple columns. You can choose to use
different types of joins, depending on the output you want.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/merge-queries-overview

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct, we merge the tables
upvoted 2 times

  Pauwels 2 weeks, 2 days ago


Merge because we are adding more columns to the Customer table
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 month, 3 weeks ago


A is correct
upvoted 3 times
  mannerism 2 months ago
Remember Merge is JOIN, APPEND is UNION
upvoted 4 times

  Nurgul 2 months ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct. We merge 2 tables using the AdressID.
upvoted 2 times

  ns_guy 2 months ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct, transposing just re-orients the data; and appending will stack the tables not create the combined records you need
upvoted 3 times

  OGESSIUSER 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
A. Merge the Customer and Address tables
upvoted 3 times

  eckip 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
a is correct
upvoted 1 times

  mrspeket 2 months, 3 weeks ago


A. Merge the Customer and Address tables
Merge Queries by AddressID
Expand and choose City, State/Region, and Country.
upvoted 2 times
Question #5 Topic 1

HOTSPOT -
You have two Azure SQL databases that contain the same tables and columns.
For each database, you create a query that retrieves data from a table named Customer.
You need to combine the Customer tables into a single table. The solution must minimize the size of the data model and support scheduled
refresh in powerbi.com.
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Append Queries as New -


When you have additional rows of data that you'd like to add to an existing query, you append the query.
There are two append options:
* Append queries as new displays the Append dialog box to create a new query by appending multiple tables.
* Append queries displays the Append dialog box to add additional tables to the current query.
Incorrect: When you have one or more columns that you'd like to add to another query, you merge the queries.
Box 2: Disable loading the query to the data model
By default, all queries from Query Editor will be loaded into the memory of Power BI Model. You can disable the load for some queries,
especially queries that used as intermediate transformation to produce the final query for the model.
Disabling Load doesn't mean the query won't be refreshed, it only means the query won't be loaded into the memory. When you click on Refresh
model in Power
BI, or when a scheduled refresh happens even queries marked as Disable Load will be refreshed, but their data will be used as intermediate
source for other queries instead of loading directly into the model. This is a very basic performance tuning tip, but very important when your
Power BI model grows bigger and bigger.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/append-queries
https://radacad.com/performance-tip-for-power-bi-enable-load-sucks-memory-up

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Correct
- Append Queries as New
- Disable loading the query to the data model
upvoted 12 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Answer is correct. However just Append is also valid. Its just that due to the two part answer box's given and needing an answer, then it means
the first box must be using Append (as new)
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Power-Query/Append-vs-Append-as-new-for-performance/td-p/1822710
upvoted 7 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Agreed.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  5 days, 8 hours ago


I agree with "Disable loading the query to the data model"
But I am sure that it should be "Append Queries" rather then "Append Queries as New"
Reading the page below, you see that "Append Queries" can be used for 2 tables and ""Append Queries as New" must be used for 3 or more
tables to append.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/append-queries
upvoted 3 times

  Pocu 3 weeks, 4 days ago


For this case, I would say merging the two tables is actually better because there might be a lot of duplicated customer records. Appending
doesn't really make sense because it will cause data duplication issue. Though the comparing process is not easy because the customer ID
might be different for the same customer in two databases. Correct me if wrong.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 5 days, 8 hours ago


I'm afraid you are thinking of a SQL Merge here.
The naming differences are indeed confusing:
Power BI Append = SQL Union All
Power BI Merge = SQL Join
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Data-Stories-Gallery/Merge-Vs-Append-Concepts-in-Power-BI-Power-Query/m-p/1729808
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 3 weeks ago


1.Append queries as new.
2.Disable loading the query to the data model
upvoted 5 times

  MauDV 2 months ago


I'd say Append queries for the first box, Appending queries as new would increase the size of the model I believe
upvoted 4 times

  Nurgul 2 months ago


The given answer is correct.
1. Append queries as new. 2.Disable loading the query to the data model.
upvoted 2 times

  Adhi_Adhi 2 months ago


I think we need to use the merge queries to combine.
upvoted 1 times

  bmaaaata 2 months ago


Can someone explain why Append as New instead of just Append? Appending as New will create additional table which takes space
upvoted 5 times

  INDEAVR 2 months ago


I think that the second part of the answer is the reason. When we disable loading into the model, we cannot use them anymore, so that is why
we append in a New query.
upvoted 6 times
Question #6 Topic 1

DRAG DROP -
In Power Query Editor, you have three queries named ProductCategory, ProductSubCategory, and Product.
Every Product has a ProductSubCategory.
Not every ProductsubCategory has a parent ProductCategory.
You need to merge the three queries into a single query. The solution must ensure the best performance in Power Query.
How should you merge the tables? To answer, drag the appropriate merge types to the correct queries. Each merge type may be used once, more
than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Inner -
Every Product has a ProductSubCategory.
A standard join is needed.
One of the join kinds available in the Merge dialog box in Power Query is an inner join, which brings in only matching rows from both the left and
right tables.

Box 2: Left outer -


Not every ProductsubCategory has a parent ProductCategory.
One of the join kinds available in the Merge dialog box in Power Query is a left outer join, which keeps all the rows from the left table and brings
in any matching rows from the right table.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/merge-queries-inner https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/merge-queries-left-outer

  learnazureportal Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Answer is correct
upvoted 9 times

  gtc108 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Answer is correct:
1. Inner join
2. Left Outer Join b/c you want to keep everything to the left (subCategory)
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


Answer seems correct -
1. Inner join
2. Left Outer Join
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 3 weeks ago


1. Inner join,
2. Left outer join
upvoted 3 times

  fred92 2 months ago


Answer is correct: 1. Inner join, 2. Left outer join
If each row in table A has a matching row in table B, always use inner join because it has the best performance.
upvoted 4 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Question 1. You in all likelihood have to say 10 products each with a parent category, But your
subcategories are eg 3 because product 1, 2 and 3 are subcategory socks, product 4, 5 and 6 are subcategory shoes and 7, 8 and 9 are
shirts. Sure every Product has a SubCategory but they aren't duplicates. I think the answer to Question 1 is Left Outer. Question 2 is also Left
outer
upvoted 3 times

  fred92 1 month, 2 weeks ago


When you join tables (inner join) you'll get all rows from T1 and all rows from T2 that meet the join and where conditions. It is not relevant if
the cardinality is 1 or many on one or both sides.
In your example the result would be:
product 1 - socks
product 2 - socks
product 3 - socks
product 4 - shoes
product 5 - shoes
... and so on
upvoted 1 times
Question #7 Topic 1

You are building a Power BI report that uses data from an Azure SQL database named erp1.
You import the following tables.

You need to perform the following analyses:


✑ Orders sold over time that include a measure of the total order value
Orders by attributes of products sold

The solution must minimize update times when interacting with visuals in the report.
What should you do first?

A. From Power Query, merge the Order Line Items query and the Products query.

B. Create a calculated column that adds a list of product categories to the Orders table by using a DAX function.

C. Calculate the count of orders per product by using a DAX function.

D. From Power Query, merge the Orders query and the Order Line Items query.

Correct Answer: D
A merge queries operation joins two existing tables together based on matching values from one or multiple columns.
Join the Orders and the Order Line Items tables.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/merge-queries-overview

Community vote distribution


D (62%) A (38%)

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
I'm very sure it's D. It's the Header/Detail Schema, and the most optimal way is to flatten the header into the detail table.
Source:
https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/header-detail-vs-star-schema-models-in-tabular-and-power-bi/
upvoted 16 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 3 weeks ago


D. doesn't have a common field. The answer has to be A
upvoted 2 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 3 weeks ago


I agree that it's not clearly stated in the question that Order and Order Line tables have common field (for example: order ID)
If there is no common fields, there is no way to implement the requirements (calculating order value from Order line).
upvoted 6 times

  David_Zed Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Should be A, because we need to get " Orders sold over time that include a measure of the total order value Orders by attributes of products
sold"

Order line detail for quantities ordered, and product for product's attribute
upvoted 14 times

  WZ17 4 days, 20 hours ago


I think you're forgetting about the "over time" part of the objective. You cannot show a distribution of sales over time without having a date
column which does not seem to be present in Products or Order Line Items.
upvoted 2 times

  Legato 1 day, 8 hours ago


Exactly
upvoted 1 times
  SkullCrusher Most Recent  4 days, 7 hours ago
Selected Answer: D
D sounds about right, assuming the tables have a common column Order ID. Order Line items doesn't seem to have the time details. If it does, it
would be self sufficient to fulfil the requirement..
upvoted 2 times

  Ayush_Tiwari 4 days, 9 hours ago


D is the right answer i think because it is clearly mentioned orders sold over time so orders quantity and orders price is mentioned in order line
but date will be in order table so we need to merge order and order line to get the result.
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 5 days, 7 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
I think the answer is A
For these two requirements:
- Orders sold over time that include a measure of the total order value
- Orders by attributes of products sold
are only the Products and the Order Line Items tables needed. As the Order Line Items table has the column ProductID, these tables can be
merged (joined) together.
upvoted 1 times

  Lucky_me 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
It doesn't ask for product information in the result and the objective is to minimize the read, (less tables), price is in order details and time is in
order,
D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 5 days, 7 hours ago


It DOES ask for product information in the result.
Please read this requirement: "Orders by attributes of products sold"
upvoted 1 times

  andregrahamnz 2 weeks, 3 days ago


This one is fairly controversial and comes down to reading skills really. As other commentators have stated there are three key concepts required;
date information, order value (price*quantity), and 'attributes of products sold'. We know the date and order value are present in Order Line Items.
The only question is where are we most likely to find 'attributes of products sold'. The obvious answer is already the Products table, but this is
further reinforced by the fact that the answer also indicates there is a matching key between Order Details and Product. There is no such
explicitly stated matching key between orders and order line items.

The only correct answer to this is A. Anybody saying D has not properly absorbed and thought about the information available.
upvoted 4 times

  Raza12 2 weeks, 5 days ago


Selected Answer: D
it seems D is correct, the given explanation is also point on "D"
upvoted 1 times

  Raza12 2 weeks, 5 days ago


Its "D" , make sense, and already explained
upvoted 1 times

  Raza12 3 weeks, 1 day ago


Seems D is Correct, as Product Query have only Product information.
upvoted 1 times

  evipap 3 weeks, 4 days ago


After a lot of thought and after reading all the comments here I believe the right answer is A. The reason is that the table named Orders has only
HIGH LEVEL INFORMATION. We need total order value that is available only from Order Line items Table. Thus Order table is useless. We also
need attributes of products sold so Products table is necessary too. So answer is A for sure.
upvoted 2 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Selected Answer: D
Should be D
upvoted 1 times

  alosh 1 month ago


Selected Answer: D
D - we start from the first column
upvoted 1 times

  susunz 1 month ago


Selected Answer: A
"Orders by attributes of products sold"
upvoted 2 times
  gtc108 1 month, 1 week ago
Answer is D: Order Line is the dim table between Product and Order.
upvoted 1 times

  Djibsonx7 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
It's D, product table is a dimension table which must not contain any fact records
upvoted 3 times

  juanceee 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Obviously it's D. You have the price and quantity for the order. you don't need the product details
upvoted 2 times
Question #8 Topic 1

You have a Microsoft SharePoint Online site that contains several document libraries.
One of the document libraries contains manufacturing reports saved as Microsoft Excel files. All the manufacturing reports have the same data
structure.
You need to use Power BI Desktop to load only the manufacturing reports to a table for analysis.
What should you do?

A. Get data from a SharePoint folder and enter the site URL Select Transform, then filter by the folder path to the manufacturing reports library.

B. Get data from a SharePoint list and enter the site URL. Select Combine & Transform, then filter by the folder path to the manufacturing
reports library.

C. Get data from a SharePoint folder, enter the site URL, and then select Combine & Load.

D. Get data from a SharePoint list, enter the site URL, and then select Combine & Load.

Correct Answer: A
Get Data from SharePoint folder + select Combine & Load to load the data from all of the files in the SharePoint folder directly into your app.
Note: Connect to a SharePoint folder from Power Query Desktop
To connect to a SharePoint folder:
1. From Get Data, select SharePoint folder.
2. Paste the SharePoint site URL you copied in Determine the site URL to the Site URL text box in the SharePoint folder dialog box. In this
example, the site URL is https://contoso.sharepoint.com/marketing/data. If the site URL you enter is invalid, a warning icon. warning icon will
appear next to the URL text box.
SharePoint folder selection.
3. Select OK to continue.
4. If this is the first time you've visited this site address, select the appropriate authentication method. Enter your credentials and choose which
level to apply these settings to. Then select Connect.
5. When you select the SharePoint folder you want to use, the file information about all of the files in that SharePoint folder are displayed. In
addition, file information about any files in any subfolders is also displayed.
6. Select Combine & Transform Data to combine the data in the files of the selected SharePoint folder and load the data into the Power Query
Editor for editing. Or select Combine & Load to load the data from all of the files in the SharePoint folder directly into your app.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sharepointfolder

Community vote distribution


A (82%) Other

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Video explains it all https://youtu.be/XuLnSYjmsJo
upvoted 10 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Good tutorial!
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  2 months ago


Selected Answer: A
We have to import Excel files from SharePoint, so we need the connector SharePoint folder which is used to get access to the files stored in the
library. SharePoint list is a collection of content that has rows and columns (like a table) and is used for task lists, calendars, etc.
Since we have to filter only on manufacturing reports, we have to select Transform and then filter by the corresponding folder path.
upvoted 6 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  5 days, 7 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
The answer is D
Once the site URL is entered, the user selects "Combine & Transform Data" or "Combine & Load". But not just "Transform". Also there is no need
to filter by the folder path, because the folder path is already in the URL.
See: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sharepointfolder
upvoted 1 times
  JukMar 4 weeks, 1 day ago
correct, A should be the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  TimO_215 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
I think that the answer is B. The question says that you are using Power Query Desktop. According to the documentation, you would click
"Transform" if you are using Power Query Online, but you click "Combine & Transform" if you are using Power Query Desktop.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sharepointfolder
upvoted 1 times

  TimO_215 1 month, 3 weeks ago


I spoke too soon, I am in agreement with A. I would delete this comment, but I can't find a way to do it.
upvoted 4 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
We need to access the subfolders; we have to filter using Folder Path column
upvoted 4 times

  Manikom 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
I think A is correct.
SharepointFolder 'combine&load' should load all files and not only Manufacturing ones so this should exclude answer C.
Sharepointlist doesn't have 'Combine&Tranform', 'Combine&Load' options so this excludes answers B and D
(https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sharepointlist)
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 16 hours ago


These line clearly states that the document library only contains Manufacturing reports of the same structure: "One of the document libraries
contains manufacturing reports saved as Microsoft Excel files. All the manufacturing reports have the same data structure."
upvoted 1 times

  alosh 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Nomios 2 months, 3 weeks ago


See for more information:
https://docs.microsoft.com/nl-nl/power-query/connectors/sharepointonlinelist
upvoted 1 times

  Nomios 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Answer: None are correct!
From Get Data in PowerBI desktop the only options are:
- SharePoint folder
- SharePoint Online List
- SharePoint List
So this excludes answers A & C
From the navigator screen you only have the options 'Load' or 'Transform Data'.
'Combine' is not an available option.
So this excludes answers B, C & D
upvoted 1 times

  Pushliang 2 months, 3 weeks ago


A IS RIGHT.
upvoted 3 times

  eckip 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
I tried it out. For me all answers are not completely correct.
C & D: Are wrong because you have to filter somehow, otherwise you will get all files also from other document libraries.
A: Sounds correct until you also have to combine the files after filtering. This is missing here. Otherwise it works exactly like this.
B: SharePoint List connector needs many more steps. After entering the site URL, you have to do many transformation steps and I did not
manage to come until the combine step. So the answer as it is here seems to be wrong for me.
I would go with A.
upvoted 2 times

  Avnin 2 months, 3 weeks ago


The description of the answer is the content from B
upvoted 2 times
  MilouSluijter 2 months, 4 weeks ago
B
Also in examtopics DA-100, topic 3 question 12
upvoted 2 times

  Muffinshow 3 months ago


Selected Answer: C
C
The explanation is correct but the answer i wrong
upvoted 4 times

  June15 2 months, 3 weeks ago


I think you are correct, the ms docs explains the steps.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sharepointfolder
upvoted 1 times

  d94949999 2 months, 4 weeks ago


I think option A itself is right
upvoted 1 times
Question #9 Topic 1

DRAG DROP -
You have a Microsoft Excel workbook that contains two sheets named Sheet1 and Sheet2.
Sheet1 contains the following table named Table1.

Sheet2 contains the following table named Table2.

You need to use Power Query Editor to combine the products from Table1 and Table2 into the following table that has one column containing no
duplicate values.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  3 months ago


Import From Excel
Append Table 2 to Table 1
Remove Duplicates
upvoted 88 times

  cygwin 3 weeks, 3 days ago


agreed
upvoted 1 times

  Djibsonx7 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Correct
upvoted 1 times

  juanceee 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Agreed, that's the correct
upvoted 1 times

  Sjefen 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Agreed
upvoted 3 times

  emmanuelkech Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago


Import From Excel since it has not been loaded to Powerbi initially
Append Table 2 to Table 1
Remove Duplicates from the table appended to (Table1)
upvoted 18 times

  Pauwels Most Recent  6 days, 10 hours ago


Import From Excel
Append Table 2 to Table 1
Remove Duplicates
upvoted 3 times

  Analysis 1 week, 1 day ago


I have tested the scenario
Import from EXCEL
Append Table2 to Table1
Remove Duplicates
upvoted 2 times

  velvarga 1 month ago


why we have to remove errors????
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 16 hours ago


No, that is a wrong answer.
upvoted 2 times

  Clodia 1 month, 2 weeks ago


I need a clarification here: Shouldn't we append Table1 to Table2? I know it's not an option - but the values from Table2 seem to be shown first in
the final table which means that Table1 is actually added at the end of Table2 (appended) and the Remove Duplicates action should be applied to
Table2.
upvoted 1 times

  rehoboth2165 3 weeks, 5 days ago


You are very correct but the option is not in the answers, so it's best to go with append table 2 into 1 .
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


In addition to the given answer being incorrect. When appending two tables with duplicate data (as tested) no errors are shown in the table
created. So there is no need to remove errors in table (as none are presented) therefore correct answer is
1.Import data from Excel.
2.Append Table2 to Table1.
3.Select Table1 and remove duplicates

Simple one to test and try out using PowerBI Desktop yourself
upvoted 4 times

  Nurgul 2 months ago


1.Import data from Excel.
2.Append Table2 to Table1.
3.Select Table1 and remove duplicates
upvoted 5 times
Question #10 Topic 1

You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged contains the date and time each complaint
occurred. The data in Logged is in the following format: 2018-12-31 at 08:59.
You need to be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy.
What should you do?

A. Apply a transformation to extract the last 11 characters of the Logged column and set the data type of the new column to Date.

B. Change the data type of the Logged column to Date.

C. Split the Logged column by using at as the delimiter.

D. Apply a transformation to extract the first 11 characters of the Logged column.

Correct Answer: D
Extract the date, which is the first 11 characters.
CSV files have no data types.
Note: A CSV is a comma-separated values file, which allows data to be saved in a tabular format. CSVs look like a garden-variety spreadsheet
but with a . csv extension. CSV files can be used with most any spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel or Google Spreadsheets.
Reference:
https://www.bigcommerce.com/ecommerce-answers/what-csv-file-and-what-does-it-mean-my-ecommerce-business/

Community vote distribution


C (95%) 3%

  _Jay_ Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Answer C is best approach
Split the Logged column by using "at" as the delimiter.
upvoted 18 times

  Jay_98_11 1 week, 4 days ago


agreed
upvoted 1 times

  Sjefen 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Correct!
upvoted 2 times

  Pauwels Most Recent  6 days, 10 hours ago


It is C because if it was D then the best Answer should have been A. Cause we must change the time to Date. So it is C.
upvoted 2 times

  Lewiasskick 1 week, 1 day ago


A, is correct, the essential step is to change the type to date.
upvoted 1 times

  Analysis 1 week, 1 day ago


I have tested the scenario, Created the column name as logged complains and put the sample data as 2018-12-31 at 08:59 and save the file with
CSV.
Imported the file with get data it opens a window and shows the table with three column headers. Second column consist of Delimiter. Put space
as delimiter you will get the date as 12/31/2018 and when you transform the data in power query it shows data type as Date.
Therefore, answer is C.
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 2 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: C
I think that the catch is that extracting the first 11 characters gives you the date plus a space character (the actual date is 10 characters). So you
get "2018-12-31 ". And that leaves answer C as the best answer.
upvoted 3 times

  Pauwels 2 weeks, 2 days ago


Selected Answer: C
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 2 weeks, 2 days ago


Also the split option automatically transforms the first column to date format, where extracting the first 11 or 10 characters doesn't.
upvoted 2 times
  Hoeishetmogelijk 2 weeks, 2 days ago
I think that the catch is that extracting the first 11 characters gives you the date plus a space character (the actual date is 10 characters). So you
get "2018-12-31 ". And that leaves answer C as the best answer.
upvoted 1 times

  scotchtapebunny 2 weeks, 3 days ago


I would split at the "at" delimiter instead of taking first 11 characters because what if the day or the month is a single digit. To be safe the
delimiter option seems best.
upvoted 1 times

  Gabrielmacedo 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C - OK
upvoted 1 times

  Pocu 3 weeks, 4 days ago


An automatically generated date hierarchy in power BI includes year, quarter, month,week,day. In the world of programming, date is different to
time. This is why D is the answer.
upvoted 1 times

  rnjr7 1 month, 1 week ago


Tested
C works
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
tested here, split works fine
upvoted 2 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
The answer is C:

Simply create a custom table in Power Query, enter the date shown in the question into a column called Date, and then Split it by a delimiter. No
need for spaces on either side of "at" Power BI takes care of the rest:

= Table.SplitColumn(#"Changed Type", "Date", Splitter.SplitTextByDelimiter("at", QuoteStyle.Csv), {"Date.1", "Date.2"})

It will even automatically change the type to Date:

= Table.TransformColumnTypes(#"Split Column by Delimiter",{{"Date.1", type date}, {"Date.2", type time}})


upvoted 3 times

  Ryanmumu 1 month, 3 weeks ago


C is correct, if D is to extract 10 characters, then D will be correct.
upvoted 1 times

  qiqiqibiu 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
I tried C in my excel, it turns out D is true. Clearly most of us thought C(split)&D(transform) are both reasonable.
But here's the thing------delimeter can only use one letter/delimeter, while Answer C "Split the Logged column by using [at] as the delimiter",
which is not possible to use "at" to split. But it's ok to split by using "a".
upvoted 1 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


In excel, yes. Splitting by at doesnt work. But the question is, are we using Excel or Power query in this scenario? Not mentioned here.
upvoted 1 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 3 weeks ago


It's ok to split by using "at".
Split by using "at", you will get a date column
Using option D, you will get a text column then need another step to convert from text to date.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
C and D are valid. They both will automatically update the date column to a 'date' data type. However 'C' is the more complete and proper
solution as it would also leave the time column as a 'time' data type automatically and would result in a more proper data model. Stupid
Microsoft and their ambiguous questions. Im sick of tired of questions with two possible answers, thats not testing knowledge, its just trying to
catch people out. Questions should have answers with only one clear possibility!
upvoted 1 times
  NevilleV 1 month, 3 weeks ago
D wont work
upvoted 1 times

  qiqiqibiu 1 month, 3 weeks ago


can't agree any more. they even don't have a correct&clear answer sheet....
upvoted 2 times
Question #11 Topic 1

You have a Microsoft Excel file in a Microsoft OneDrive folder.


The file must be imported to a Power BI dataset.
You need to ensure that the dataset can be refreshed in powerbi.com.
Which two connectors can you use to connect to the file? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Excel Workbook

B. Text/CSV

C. Folder

D. SharePoint folder

E. Web

Correct Answer: AC
A: Connect to an Excel workbook from Power Query Desktop
To make the connection from Power Query Desktop:
1. Select the Excel option in the connector selection.
2. Browse for and select the Excel workbook you want to load. Then select Open.
3. Etc.
C: Folder connector capabilities supported

Folder path -

Combine -

Combine and load -

Combine and transform -


Connect to a folder from Power Query Online
To connect to a folder from Power Query Online:
1. Select the Folder option in the connector selection.
2. Enter the path to the folder you want to load.
Note:
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/excel https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/folder

Community vote distribution


DE (93%) 7%

  Fer079 Highly Voted  2 months ago


Selected Answer: DE
We can import an excel file from multiple connectors (excel workbook, folder, web, sharepoint) but if we must refresh the data from the service
with no gateways then We must use web and sharepoint connectors
upvoted 13 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Try it. D and E won't work. Its looking for a URL
upvoted 1 times

  KobeData 1 month ago


Works just fine, this is how you do it :) https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-onedrive-business-links
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 15 hours ago


This page explains both the Web and the SharePoint option:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/sharepoint-onedrive-files
upvoted 1 times

  Fer079 1 month, 2 weeks ago


I tried both and they work perfectly, and of course, you need the path (in this case the URL of the excel file on One Drive) of the file, so I
don´t see the problem you say...
upvoted 7 times
  fred92 Highly Voted  2 months ago
Selected Answer: DE
A, B, C: wrong! Would work technically, but the connection will be only to the local copy of the file, no refresh from the online version stored on
OneDrive
D: correct, but more complicated than option E
E: correct, this is the best option to import from OneDrive
upvoted 10 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  4 days, 15 hours ago


Selected Answer: DE
D&E
See: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/sharepoint-onedrive-files
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels 6 days, 10 hours ago


Selected Answer: DE
I have Try them,

A, B, C Totally impossible.

E work
D i got some errors surelly i miss something
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: DE
D & E seem to be the consensus
upvoted 2 times

  Glubbs 3 weeks, 6 days ago


Selected Answer: DE
To keep the dataset on powerbi.com updated, should be online. (I believe also must be considered the right OneDrive version -
https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/microsoft-365/onedrive/onedrive-for-business)
upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Selected Answer: DE
D & E correct
upvoted 2 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: DE
D and E. that's the way that I actually do on my job
upvoted 4 times

  Djibsonx7 1 month, 2 weeks ago


It's DE i think referred from
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-excel-file-onedrive
upvoted 3 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: DE
Two options:
- Copy and edit Path of the Excel file then use "Web" Connector: Option E
- Copy and edit Path of the OneDrive folder then use "Sharepoint Folder" connector: Option D
Source: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GGHbbg6yi-A
upvoted 4 times

  adrale26 2 months, 1 week ago


I think the option is Web insted of Excel woorkbook https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-onedrive-business-
links
upvoted 1 times

  zagiel 2 months, 1 week ago


You have to ensure that data wil be update. So should will be correct answer Sharepoint folder and web? Because you have to import Excel
workbook and folder, but Web and Sharepoint folder update automatically.
upvoted 2 times

  nucleus21 2 months, 1 week ago


A.Excel workbook with web path to the file
D.Sharepoint Folder with web path to OneDrive (sharepoint) root domain >navigation to file
since it needs to be refreshed online option C will fail as it calls the folder from local path
upvoted 1 times
  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago
A. Excel workbook
C. Folder
upvoted 2 times

  bjornopjemic 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Isn't Web an option as well?
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-onedrive-business-links
upvoted 6 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


I dont think so. Where do you find a URL for One Drive
upvoted 1 times

  OGESSIUSER 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AC
A. Excel Workbook
C. Folder
upvoted 3 times

  GPerez73 2 months, 3 weeks ago


It is correct for me
upvoted 2 times
Question #12 Topic 1

HOTSPOT -
You are profiling data by using Power Query Editor.
You have a table named Reports that contains a column named State. The distribution and quality data metrics for the data in State is shown in
the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: 69 -
69 distinct/different values.
Note: Column Distribution allows you to get a sense for the overall distribution of values within a column in your data previews, including the
count of distinct values (total number of different values found in a given column) and unique values (total number of values that only appear
once in a given column).

Box 2: 4 -
Reference:
https://systemmanagement.ro/2018/10/16/power-bi-data-profiling-distinct-vs-unique/

  olajor Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


69 is always the right choice! ;)
upvoted 22 times

  learnazureportal Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Answer is correct
upvoted 9 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


69 & 4. Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Desktop/Difference-between-Distinct-and-Unique-when-using-column/td-p/2736921?lightbox-message-
images-2854526=808117iD9D42C5DB8B8558A
upvoted 1 times

  andregrahamnz 2 weeks, 3 days ago


69/4, 100%
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Unique represents values that appears just 1 time (Only once) at this column...
If Null is greater than 1, it counts JUST as a "Distinct" and will NOT change the "Unique Value".
PS: In case of just 1 Null row, it WILL increase the Unique (just +1, no matters how many times it will occured, JUST +1)!!!

..So, 69 different values (including Nulls) are on this Column AND it's not possible to define How many rows it has (so far, so good! this is not
required here)

AND, as... Null is GREATER than 1 (just checking the percentage), we conclued that : There are 4 Unique non-nulls values that occured only once
in State.
the answer is:
69 for the first and 4 to the last one.
upvoted 3 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Please, disregard the "PS"
upvoted 1 times

  Nurgul 2 months ago


The given answer is correct.
There are 69 different values in State including nulls.
There are 4 non-null values that occur only once in State.
upvoted 5 times

  div4lyfe 2 months, 2 weeks ago


answer is correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #13 Topic 1

HOTSPOT -
You have two CSV files named Products and Categories.
The Products file contains the following columns:
✑ ProductID
✑ ProductName
✑ SupplierID
✑ CategoryID
The Categories file contains the following columns:
✑ CategoryID
✑ CategoryName
✑ CategoryDescription
From Power BI Desktop, you import the files into Power Query Editor.
You need to create a Power BI dataset that will contain a single table named Product. The Product will table includes the following columns:
✑ ProductID
✑ ProductName
✑ SupplierID
✑ CategoryID
✑ CategoryName
✑ CategoryDescription
How should you combine the queries, and what should you do on the Categories query? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer
area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Merge -
There are two primary ways of combining queries: merging and appending.
* When you have one or more columns that you'd like to add to another query, you merge the queries.
* When you have additional rows of data that you'd like to add to an existing query, you append the query.
Box 2: Disable the query load -

Managing loading of queries -


In many situations, it makes sense to break down your data transformations in multiple queries. One popular example is merging where you
merge two queries into one to essentially do a join. In this type of situations, some queries are not relevant to load into Desktop as they are
intermediate steps, while they are still required for your data transformations to work correctly. For these queries, you can make sure they are
not loaded in Desktop by un-checking 'Enable load' in the context menu of the query in Desktop or in the Properties screen:
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-
bi/connect-data/refresh-include-in-report-refresh

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Ok for me
upvoted 12 times

  reyn007 Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


I understand the merge and the disable query concept but why don't you delete the categories table after merge
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 14 hours ago


Usually the import is not a one time excercise and you will want to be able to refresh the datamodel with updated sources. Then you will need
the Categories QUERY again.
This first option is about deleting the Categories QUERY, not the Categories TABLE.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


Answer is correct for me
upvoted 1 times

  psychosystema 2 weeks, 3 days ago


Answer is correct, disabling the query load for Categories will exclude it from appearing as a table.
upvoted 3 times

  JohnHail 1 month ago


ok, make sense
upvoted 2 times

  ClassMistress 1 month ago


Correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  Zainah22 1 month, 1 week ago


Right Ans
upvoted 2 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  Nurgul 2 months ago


The given answer is correct.
Combine the queries by performing a: Merge.
On the Categories query: Disable the query load.
upvoted 4 times

  adizzz54 2 months ago


Right Ans
upvoted 2 times

  val38 2 months, 1 week ago


OK for me
upvoted 3 times

  VeroF 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Ok for me too
upvoted 4 times
Question #14 Topic 1

You have an Azure SQL database that contains sales transactions. The database is updated frequently.
You need to generate reports from the data to detect fraudulent transactions. The data must be visible within five minutes of an update.
How should you configure the data connection?

A. Add a SQL statement.

B. Set the Command timeout in minutes setting.

C. Set Data Connectivity mode to Import.

D. Set Data Connectivity mode to DirectQuery.

Correct Answer: D
DirectQuery: No data is imported or copied into Power BI Desktop. For relational sources, the selected tables and columns appear in the Fields
list. For multi- dimensional sources like SAP Business Warehouse, the dimensions and measures of the selected cube appear in the Fields list.
As you create or interact with a visualization, Power BI Desktop queries the underlying data source, so you're always viewing current data.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-directquery

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct for me
upvoted 2 times

  scotchtapebunny 2 weeks, 3 days ago


Yup! D seems most appropriate.
upvoted 3 times

  ClassMistress 1 month ago


D. Set Data Connectivity mode to DirectQuery because the data is accessed frequently.
upvoted 3 times

  CHT1988 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
D. Set Data Connectivity mode to DirectQuery.
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 month, 3 weeks ago


DirectQuery
upvoted 2 times

  adizzz54 2 months ago


Selected Answer: D
Direct query
upvoted 3 times

  OGESSIUSER 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D. Set Data Connectivity mode to DirectQuery.
upvoted 3 times

  MilouSluijter 2 months, 4 weeks ago


D
This question also occurs in examtopics DA-100: topic 1, question 11
upvoted 3 times
Question #15 Topic 1

DRAG DROP -
You have a folder that contains 100 CSV files.
You need to make the file metadata available as a single dataset by using Power BI. The solution must NOT store the data of the CSV files.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence. To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: From Power BI Desktop, Select Get Data, and then Select Folder.
Open Power BI Desktop and then select Get Data\More‫ג‬€¦ and choose Folder from the All options on the left.
Enter the folder path, select OK, and then select Transform data to see the folder's files in Power Query Editor.
Step 2: From Power Query Editor, expand the Attributes column.
Step 3: From Power Query Editor, combine the Content column.
Combine files behavior -
To combine binary files in Power Query Editor, select Content (the first column label) and select Home > Combine Files. Or you can just select
the Combine Files icon next to Content.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-combine-binaries

  emmanuelkech Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago


I think the correct flow is
Get data then select folder
Remove content Colum
Expand Attribute Colum
upvoted 39 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 3 weeks ago


I agree that this is the requirement. The thing that bothers me is WHY? Why would you want to create a dataset with only the metadata?
upvoted 2 times

  pnb11 2 months, 2 weeks ago


These are right answer
1.Get data the select folder
2.Remove attribute column (because this column contain information about file which not needed).
3.Combine Content column (which contain actual data which needed for us)
upvoted 14 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 14 hours ago


See the requirement "The solution must NOT store the data of the CSV files."
So the content column must be removed.
upvoted 2 times

  Tata11 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Hello dear, Metadata means information about files. It's why we remove content.
upvoted 10 times

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago


It should be remove Content not combine, since the file data is NOT to be stored.
upvoted 34 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Tested here and it works. Thankyou!
upvoted 2 times
  GPerez73 2 months, 3 weeks ago
I agree
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago


I agree that it should be remove content. However it is another ambiguous possible answer from Microsoft, because after getting the data as the
first step, the last two steps (Remove content column, & Expand attribute column) can be done in any order. The order doesn't matter for the last
two steps, it would work either way. So again its annoying if Microsoft dont allow for both answers to be correct due to the order.
upvoted 9 times

  cldrmn 5 days, 16 hours ago


Agreed.
upvoted 2 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Agreed. The order of the last 2 don't matter
upvoted 4 times

  Nurgul 2 months ago


Actions:
From Power BI Desktop, select Get Data, and then select Folder.
From Power Query Editor, remove the Content column.
From Power Query Editor, expand the Attributes column.
upvoted 8 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


1. Get data and select folder
2. Remove the content column
3. Expand the attributes column
You'll have only metadata of the files remaining.
upvoted 8 times

  Tata11 2 months, 2 weeks ago


"You need to make the file metadata (metadata= information about files) available" so, get data, remove content, expand attribute.
upvoted 5 times
Question #16 Topic 1

A business intelligence (BI) developer creates a dataflow in Power BI that uses DirectQuery to access tables from an on-premises Microsoft SQL
server. The
Enhanced Dataflows Compute Engine is turned on for the dataflow.
You need to use the dataflow in a report. The solution must meet the following requirements:
✑ Minimize online processing operations.
✑ Minimize calculation times and render times for visuals.
✑ Include data from the current year, up to and including the previous day.
What should you do?

A. Create a dataflows connection that has DirectQuery mode selected.

B. Create a dataflows connection that has DirectQuery mode selected and configure a gateway connection for the dataset.

C. Create a dataflows connection that has Import mode selected and schedule a daily refresh.

D. Create a dataflows connection that has Import mode selected and create a Microsoft Power Automate solution to refresh the data hourly.

Correct Answer: C
A daily update is adequate.
When you set up a refresh schedule, Power BI connects directly to the data sources using connection information and credentials in the dataset
to query for updated data, then loads the updated data into the dataset. Any visualizations in reports and dashboards based on that dataset in
the Power BI service are also updated.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-desktop-file-local-drive

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  IxIsa Highly Voted  2 months ago


C, because one of the requirements is 'Minimize online processing operations'. Although the dataflow uses DirectQuery, the Dataset can be
refreshed with Import.https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/dataflows/dataflows-directquery
upvoted 9 times

  Sunny_Liya 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Need a gateway
upvoted 1 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


The BI developer has already created the dataflow, so the gateway must be present. Import and daily scheduled refresh should do the
trick.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  PCCCCCC 1 week, 5 days ago


Why its cant be A, they have compute setting turned ON, we can directly use Direct Query from dataflow
upvoted 2 times

  Churato 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Dovoto, yes the BI devoloper already created the Dataflow
upvoted 3 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


The BI developer has already created the dataflow, so the gateway must be present. Import and daily scheduled refresh should do the trick.
upvoted 4 times

  Manzy2599 2 months, 1 week ago


Is it b or c?
upvoted 1 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


B. because it uses direct query to access the tables with the connection of on-premises SQL server which would require a gateway for the
connection.
upvoted 3 times

  saurinkhamar 2 months, 1 week ago


B. Could be an answer. OnPremise SQL server to be connected which would require Gateway
upvoted 3 times

  GPerez73 2 months ago


I also think so
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
C is legit
upvoted 4 times
Topic 2 - Question Set 2

Question #1 Topic 2

You are creating a report in Power BI Desktop.


You load a data extract that includes a free text field named coll.
You need to analyze the frequency distribution of the string lengths in col1. The solution must not affect the size of the model.
What should you do?

A. In the report, add a DAX calculated column that calculates the length of col1

B. In the report, add a DAX function that calculates the average length of col1

C. From Power Query Editor, add a column that calculates the length of col1

D. From Power Query Editor, change the distribution for the Column profile to group by length for col1

Correct Answer: A
The LEN DAX function returns the number of characters in a text string.
Note: DAX is a collection of Power BI functions, operators, and constants that can be used in a formula, or expression, to calculate and return
one or more values.
Stated more simply, DAX helps you create new information from data already in your model.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/len-function-dax
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-quickstart-learn-dax-basics

Community vote distribution


D (94%) 5%

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  3 months ago


Selected Answer: D
Wrong answer, A will affect the size of the model as would C.
B doesn't give you enough information about the distribution (just the average)
D is the right answer.
upvoted 30 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 5 days ago


I agree completely!
upvoted 1 times

  Jonagan 3 weeks, 3 days ago


Why do you think that aggregating in the PowerQuery size will not influence the size of the datamodel? its getting smaller isnt it?
Measures are the only solutions that does not influence the datamodel. They require CPU but but does not store additional data or does not
reduce the data in the model
upvoted 2 times

  GPerez73 2 months, 3 weeks ago


I agree
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Its D, this can easily be tested by going to Power Query Editor > View > Column Profile > distribution graph, click the three little dots and select
group by text length. This will allow you to view the distribution of text length within the column
upvoted 8 times

  Yaldaa Most Recent  5 days, 11 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
You need to analyze the data. so go with A, DAX calculations do not increase model size.
The problem with D is that you can only see the distribution, but no further analysis is possible.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 5 days ago


Selected Answer: D
As Muffinshow already worded perfectly: A will affect the size of the model as would C.
B doesn't give you enough information about the distribution (just the average)
D is the right answer.
See for distribution on text length this page at the bottom: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/data-profiling-tools
upvoted 1 times
  andregrahamnz 2 weeks, 3 days ago
Selected Answer: D
Answer can ONLY be D. A and C both affect the size of the data model. B if you read it carefully is a measure to calculate the AVERAGE length,
which will not provide the required 'analysis'. While it's a bit rich to refer to D as an 'analysis'; it's the only answer that provides a grouped
breakdown of string length AND doesnt increase the size of the data model. The answer is D by process of elimination.
upvoted 4 times

  Jonagan 3 weeks, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: A
D is definately wrong, because you will reduce the size of the datamodel.
Using measures is the only sway to not influence the size of the datamodel.
It requires a little bit more CPU to calculate, but it does not influence the size.
Hence, A is the correct answer.
Muffinshow, why do you think answer A will affect the size of the model and D not?
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
Tested D , it works as expected.
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Correct Answer : D
upvoted 3 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/data-profiling-tools
On the column profile, click distribution by Length
upvoted 3 times

  Ron22Ron 2 months ago


Selected Answer: D
Due to analyze the frequency distribution of the string lengths and The solution must not affect the size of the model.
upvoted 1 times

  zucchi 2 months, 1 week ago


B) is wrong, gives average not length
A) gives the length as C), but calculated columns perform worse than Power Query
C) gives the length but the column affects (a little) the size of the model
D) allows an analysis only from Power Query, and does not increase the size of the model but the length cannot be used in the dashboard
So, C or D? Since the question says:
- You need to analyze the frequency distribution
- The solution must not affect the size of the model
I would go for D).
upvoted 4 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
I am confident that the length of the strings in col1 must be used for the report analysis. Creating a calculated column with DAX is not the best
practice and not as efficient as using Power Query's M. I would go with C.
D is tempting, but you need the data, not just to view the profile in Power Query.
upvoted 1 times

  saurinkhamar 2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
D. is the right answer
upvoted 2 times

  saurinkhamar 2 months, 1 week ago


D. is the right answer
upvoted 2 times

  Manikom 2 months, 2 weeks ago


D is correct..
From Power Query.. highlight the column.. from the tab view select Column Profile Option.. in the Value distribution section that appears below,
from the 3dots.. you can change to group by text length distribution
upvoted 3 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
D is not correct, column profile just shows you the information about the column in Power Query
Even when it comes to grouping rows in Power Query, there are only a few basics operations and 'length' is not one of them

A seem to be the only one making sense, it however consumes more RAM when loaded into the model
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


My bad, reviewed the question and by 'analyze' they don't mean to create a report.
Correct: A
upvoted 3 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


I mean D
upvoted 2 times

  Manikom 2 months, 2 weeks ago


From Power Query.. highlight the column.. from the tab view select Column Profile Option.. in the Value distribution section that appears
below, from the 3dots.. you can change to group by text lenght distribution... D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  hmax56 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #2 Topic 2

You have a collection of reports for the HR department of your company. The datasets use row-level security (RLS). The company has multiple
sales regions.
Each sales region has an HR manager.
You need to ensure that the HR managers can interact with the data from their region only. The HR managers must be prevented from changing
the layout of the reports.
How should you provision access to the reports for the HR managers?

A. Publish the reports in an app and grant the HR managers access permission.

B. Create a new workspace, copy the datasets and reports, and add the HR managers as members of the workspace.

C. Publish the reports to a different workspace other than the one hosting the datasets.

D. Add the HR managers as members of the existing workspace that hosts the reports and the datasets.

Correct Answer: A
Reference:
https://kunaltripathy.com/2021/10/06/bring-your-power-bi-to-power-apps-portal-part-ii/

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


I would say it is correct since an app would prevent to change the layout
upvoted 11 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  DOUMI 2 months ago


A est correcte
upvoted 2 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


A. would be the answers because in the Power BI service, members of a workspace have access to datasets in the workspace. RLS doesn't
restrict this data access.
upvoted 3 times

  MilouSluijter 2 months, 4 weeks ago


I think its B.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps
RLS is used to restrict access to data not to layout of the report. Members are allowed to change the report layout.
upvoted 1 times

  MilouSluijter 2 months, 4 weeks ago


Oeps should have said A
upvoted 2 times
Question #3 Topic 2

You need to provide a user with the ability to add members to a workspace. The solution must use the principle of least privilege.
Which role should you assign to the user?

A. Viewer

B. Admin

C. Contributor

D. Member

Correct Answer: D
Member role allows adding members or other with lower permissions to the workspace.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Correct
upvoted 9 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct as per example picture and principal of least privilege required
upvoted 5 times

  Snow_28 Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago


B or D can both be the answers because they both have the permissions to add the members in the workspaces.
upvoted 1 times

  Luffy561 2 months, 1 week ago


answer is D must use least privilege
upvoted 4 times
Question #4 Topic 2

You have a Power BI query named Sales that imports the columns shown in the following table.

Users only use the date part of the Sales_Date field. Only rows with a Status of Finished are used in analysis.
You need to reduce the load times of the query without affecting the analysis.
Which two actions achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Remove the rows in which Sales[Status] has a value of Canceled.

B. Remove Sales[Sales_Date].

C. Change the data type of Sale[Delivery_Time] to Integer.

D. Split Sales[Sale_Date] into separate date and time columns.

E. Remove Sales[Canceled Date].

Correct Answer: AD
A: Removing uninteresting rows will increase query performance.
D: Splitting the Sales_Date column will make comparisons on the Sales date faster.

Community vote distribution


AD (56%) AE (44%)

  bjornopjemic 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Highly Voted 
A, only records with state finished are used
D, personally I would transform the column to a date format and not split it since only the date part is used

Not E, All the cancelled rows are already deleted with A and when a order is not cancelled it will contain a null value
upvoted 13 times

  Fer079 1 month, 2 weeks ago


The option A is clear.
Regarding D or E, I understand your point of view and it makes sense, however if we split the date column into two columns then we will have
new data types for these columns and maybe it will affect the model and the analysis that we have currently, and one of the requirements is
"You need to reduce the load times of the query without affecting the analysis." so we should discard the option D, therefore we should go
ahead with the E option
upvoted 4 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Agree. Splitting the column as per D does not reduce the model size. Removing the column does. Since we don't need the cancelled date
(because we only filter by finished) the cancelled date is not useful for anything.
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret Most Recent  3 days, 6 hours ago


Selected Answer: AD
Split date and time is a high recommandation
upvoted 1 times
  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 13 hours ago
Selected Answer: AD
If you read well the text, the only answers can be A & D.
upvoted 1 times

  evipap 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: AE
It says: You need to reduce the LOAD times of the query without affecting the analysis. Only answers A and E can reduce the load times. D may
reduce only the time needed to process the data. Someone said that E is not the answer because: "All the cancelled rows are already deleted
with A and when a order is not cancelled it will contain a null value". You must read again the decription cause it says " Each answer presents a
COMPLETE solutiuon" not part of a solution.
upvoted 3 times

  KobeData 1 month ago


A and D is correct. The Power BI Desktop data model only supports date/time, but they can be formatted as dates or times independently.
Date/Time – Represents both a date and time value. Underneath the covers, the Date/Time value is stored as a Decimal Number Type. Since
there's a T in the dates column before split, it's saved as a source text value. Splitting converts it to a numeric value. This reduces the size.
upvoted 2 times

  Tiz88 3 weeks, 6 days ago


This is the perfect answer, and makes totally sense. Thanks
upvoted 1 times

  xxfangxx 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AD
AD are the correct answers.
upvoted 1 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AE
A and E.

A is easy.

Splitting the column as per D does not reduce the model size. Removing the column does. Since we don't need the cancelled date (because we
only filter by finished) the cancelled date is not useful for anything.
upvoted 3 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Agree, https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/import-modeling-data-reduction
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


I think A and D
upvoted 1 times

  qiqiqibiu 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AD
Since the question asked to achieve two goals(use "data" part of the sales; use status of "finish" to analyze), which means the answer we choose
need to achievet these
DAX
upvoted 1 times

  Taseo 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AD
A, D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AD
Given Answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


Changed my mind, I believe the answer is A & E. Choosing to Split Sales[Sale_Date] into separate date and time columns wont reduce load
times as much as removing Sales[Canceled Date] would
upvoted 1 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 4 weeks ago


The given answer is correct.
A.Remove the rows in which Sales[Status] has a value of Canceled.
D.Split Sales[Sale_Date] into separate date and time columns.
upvoted 1 times
  Ry7anZZ 2 months ago
only two correct answers ? A,D,E are all correct to me ? please suggest
upvoted 1 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 2 months ago


l would go A,D. Separate date and time, if bound together. If any of your tables have columns that combine date and time, make sure that you
separate them into distinct columns before importing them into Power BI. This approach will increase compression
abilities.https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/get-data/8-performance-issues
upvoted 3 times

  babinaprad 2 months, 1 week ago


Which one is the correct answer AD or AE? Sometimes the community distribution answer is also incorrect how to figure out correct answers for
the questions? Please suggest
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AE
A,E

D is already used in the analysis further downstream, we cannot edit the column
upvoted 2 times

  learnazureportal 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #5 Topic 2

You build a report to analyze customer transactions from a database that contains the tables shown in the following table.

You import the tables.


Which relationship should you use to link the tables?

A. one-to-many from Transaction to Customer

B. one-to-one between Customer and Transaction

C. many-to-many between Customer and Transaction

D. one-to-many from Customer to Transaction

Correct Answer: D
One on the primary Key side (customer table), many on the foreign key side (Transaction table) of the relation.

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Correct
upvoted 5 times

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


It is correct for me
upvoted 5 times

  psychosystema Most Recent  2 weeks, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: D
One customer can have many transactions, so D.
upvoted 3 times

  srikanth923 1 month ago


Selected Answer: D
D is the answer
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 month, 3 weeks ago


D IS CORRECT
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 2 times
  Ron22Ron 2 months ago
Selected Answer: D
one customer many transactions.
Answer is D
upvoted 2 times

  Pushliang 2 months, 3 weeks ago


D IS RIGHT
upvoted 4 times

Question #6 Topic 2

You have a custom connector that returns ID, From, To, Subject, Body, and Has Attachments for every email sent during the past year. More than
10 million records are returned.
You build a report analyzing the internal networks of employees based on whom they send emails to.
You need to prevent report recipients from reading the analyzed emails. The solution must minimize the model size.
What should you do?

A. From Model view, set the Subject and Body columns to Hidden.

B. Remove the Subject and Body columns during the import.

C. Implement row-level security (RLS) so that the report recipients can only see results based on the emails they sent.

Correct Answer: B
The Subject and the Body are not needed in the report. Dropping them resolves the security problem and minimizes the model.

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
correct, "prevent report recipients from reading the analyzed emails"
upvoted 5 times

  aloulouder Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


correct
upvoted 5 times

  louisaok Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago


Remove the sensitive info at the very beginning
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct for me
upvoted 1 times

  CHT1988 1 month ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 month, 3 weeks ago


B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct, it minimizes the model size.
upvoted 3 times
Question #7 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You create a Power BI dataset that contains the table shown in the following exhibit.

You need to make the table available as an organizational data type in Microsoft Excel.
How should you configure the properties of the table? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: Cost Center -


The Row label field value is used in Excel so users can easily identify the row. It appears as the cell value for a linked cell, in the Data Selector
pane, and in the
Information card.

Box 2: ID -
The Key column field value provides the unique ID for the row. This value enables Excel to link a cell to a specific row in the table.

Box 3: Yes -
In the Data Types Gallery in Excel, your users can find data from featured tables in your Power BI datasets.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-excel-featured-tables

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes
upvoted 24 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


The Row label field value is used in Excel so users can easily identify the row. It appears as the cell value for a linked cell, in the Data Selector
pane, and in the Information card.
The Key column field value provides the unique ID for the row. This value enables Excel to link a cell to a specific row in the table.
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-excel-featured-tables
upvoted 1 times
  HamzaMeziane 2 months ago
why you said is ?
upvoted 1 times

  Alexeyvykhodtsev Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Maybe a Row label must be a Name.
upvoted 14 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Yeah, Name of the Business Unit should be a Row Label
upvoted 6 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  4 days, 13 hours ago


Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes
See: https://www.myonlinetraininghub.com/power-bi-organizational-data-types-in-
excel#:~:text=Power%20BI%20Organizational%20Data%20Types%20in%20Excel%20allow%20you%20to,company%2C%20to%20name%20
a%20few.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


My choices are
Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes
upvoted 3 times

  saciduni 2 weeks, 5 days ago


Cost center as row label is not unique enough to identify as a row in a table (or at least that's what I assume), name should be the correct answer
for row label because it's more precise
upvoted 4 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 4 weeks ago


My answer would be:
Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: yes
upvoted 5 times
Question #8 Topic 2

You have the Power BI model shown in the following exhibit.

A manager can represent only a single country.


You need to use row-level security (RLS) to meet the following requirements:
✑ The managers must only see the data of their respective country.
✑ The number of RLS roles must be minimized.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a single role that filters Country[Manager_Email] by using the USERNAME DAX function.

B. Create a single role that filters Country[Manager_Email] by using the USEROBJECTID DAX function.

C. For the relationship between Purchase Detail and Purchase, select Apply security filter in both directions.

D. Create one role for each country.

E. For the relationship between Purchase and Purchase Detail, change the Cross filter direction to Single.

Correct Answer: AC
A: You can take advantage of the DAX functions username() or userprincipalname() within your dataset. You can use them within expressions in
Power BI
Desktop. When you publish your model, it will be used within the Power BI service.
Note: To define security roles, follow these steps.
Import data into your Power BI Desktop report, or configure a DirectQuery connection.
1. From the Modeling tab, select Manage Roles.
2. From the Manage roles window, select Create.
3. Under Roles, provide a name for the role.
4. Under Tables, select the table to which you want to apply a DAX rule.
5. In the Table filter DAX expression box, enter the DAX expressions. This expression returns a value of true or false. For example: [Entity ID] =
‫ג‬€Value‫ג‬€.
6. After you've created the DAX expression, select the checkmark above the expression box to validate the expression.
Note: You can use username() within this expression.
7. Select Save.
C: By default, row-level security filtering uses single-directional filters, whether the relationships are set to single direction or bi-directional. You
can manually enable bi-directional cross-filtering with row-level security by selecting the relationship and checking the Apply security filter in
both directions checkbox. Select this option when you've also implemented dynamic row-level security at the server level, where row-level
security is based on username or login ID.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution


AC (100%)
  Nurgul Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago
Selected Answer: AC
The given answer is correct.
A. Create a single role that filters Country[Manager_Email] by using the USERNAME DAX function.
C.For the relationship between Purchase Detail and Purchase, select Apply security filter in both directions.
upvoted 5 times

  sharmila29 Most Recent  4 days, 5 hours ago


In my opinion first you have to create a role for each country and then filter the manager with the email to assign to the role using username.
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


Ok, I agree with A and C but, "Each correct answer presents a complete solution" ?
I believe that A and C are each one a part of solution not a complete solution...
Am I worng?
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


A and C is the correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AC
A and C
upvoted 2 times

  zagiel 2 months, 1 week ago


Why is cross filter directions in both directions? And why is not correct answer E?
upvoted 2 times

  Chelseahc 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Because the relationship between the two tables is bi-directional
upvoted 2 times

  Namenick10 2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: AC
A and C
upvoted 4 times

  Guru1337 2 months, 4 weeks ago


Username function does not return an email. It should either be userprincipalname or username should ne filtered with the actual username.
upvoted 1 times

  ThariCD 2 months, 2 weeks ago


In Power BI Service the username and userprincipalname both return the email address, it's only in Power BI Desktop that username is
domain/username rather than the email address. So I agree that userprincipalname is better generally as you always get the same value, the
answer is correct and you can use username as your RLS since the role will be applied in the Service. See
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Community-Blog/USERNAME-v-s-USERPRINCIPALNAME-in-RLS-for-Power-BI-Embedded/ba-p/1867670
for more information.
upvoted 12 times
Question #9 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You have a Power BI imported dataset that contains the data model shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: Assume Referential Integrity


When connecting to a data source using DirectQuery, you can use the Assume Referential Integrity selection to enable running more efficient
queries against your data source. This feature has a few requirements of the underlying data, and it is only available when using DirectQuery.
Note: The following requirements are necessary for Assume referential integrity to work properly:
Data in the From column in the relationship is never Null or blank
For each value in the From column, there is a corresponding value in the To column

Box 2: Star schema -


Star schema is a mature modeling approach widely adopted by relational data warehouses. It requires modelers to classify their model tables
as either dimension or fact.
Generally, dimension tables contain a relatively small number of rows. Fact tables, on the other hand, can contain a very large number of rows
and continue to grow over time.
Example:

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-assume-referential-integrity https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-
bi/guidance/star-schema

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago


It should be cross filter direction. As the answer correctly states "Assume Referential Integrity" only works for direct query connections.
upvoted 32 times

  aloulouder Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


It should be :
- cross filter direction
- star schema
upvoted 14 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago


Box1: cross filter direction. The question clearly states that "You have a Power BI imported dataset", and Assume Referential Integrity is not
available for imported dataset. Also, the cardinalities in the model look all right.

Box 2: snowflakes. Employee table is a dimension table. Some people say that it could be used as a fact table. Okay then, where are the
measures? There are no measures in the Employee table for us to see in the model, so it must be a dimension table.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 11 hours ago


If it is a snowflake schema and Employee is a dimension table, then there should be a fact table linked to the Employee table in this model.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 5 days ago


Box 1: Assume Referential Integrity
When connecting to a data source using DirectQuery, you can use the Assume Referential Integrity selection to enable running more efficient
queries against your data source. This feature has a few requirements of the underlying data, and it is only available when using DirectQuery.
The first line of the question tells it is a IMPORTED dataset. So this answer is wrong!
Answer should be:
- Cross Filter Direction (BI-directional filtering is heavy on performance and not necessary in this case)
- Star Schema
upvoted 1 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks, 5 days ago


it should be
-cross filter
-snowflakes bcos the central table(Employees table) is a dimension table and not a transaction(fact) table, and the surrounding tables are the
subset(normalized) table of the Employees table
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 5 days ago


If the Employees table was just a dimension table, then there should also be a fact table in this schema.
But in this context appearantly the Employees table functions as a fact table. This could be the case when used for a Human Resource report
for example.
To me it is clearly a Star Schema.
upvoted 1 times

  DBAH 1 month, 2 weeks ago


t should be :
- cross filter direction
- star schema
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Changing the Cross filter direction setting of the relationships will improve report query performance.
(Cardinality is set correctly - "one-to-many"."Assume Referential Integrity" is applicable in DirectQuery mode. Our tables are in Import mode
acording to a picture.)
The data model is organized into a star schema.
upvoted 5 times

  Darine 1 month, 1 week ago


How you can now that the tables are in Import mode from the picture, please?
upvoted 1 times

  Tiz88 3 weeks, 6 days ago


You can see it from the icons next to the tables name. When using DirectQuery the Icon is resembling a table; when using Import the icon
is exactly how you see it in the question
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


- cross filter direction
- star schema
upvoted 2 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


The icons on the tables aren't for DirectQuery mode tables, and Assuming referential integrity is only possible for DirectQuery tables. The cross
filter direction should be reviewed, in fact made single for the star schema model design.
upvoted 7 times
Question #10 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You have a Power BI model that contains a table named Sales and a related date table. Sales contains a measure named Total Sales.
You need to create a measure that calculates the total sales from the equivalent month of the previous year.
How should you complete the calculation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -

Box 2: PARALLELPERIOD -
PARALLELPERIOD returns a table that contains a column of dates that represents a period parallel to the dates in the specified dates column, in
the current context, with the dates shifted a number of intervals either forward in time or back in time.
Syntax: PARALLELPERIOD(<dates>,<number_of_intervals>,<interval>) dates: A column that contains dates. interval: The interval by which to
shift the dates. The value for interval can be one of the following: year, quarter, month.
Incorrect:
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR returns a table that contains a column of dates shifted one year back in time from the dates in the specified dates
column, in the current context.
Syntax: SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(<dates>)
DATESMTD returns a table that contains a column of the dates for the month to date, in the current context.
Syntax: DATESMTD(<dates>)
Box 3: 'DATE' [Month]
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/parallelperiod-function-dax https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/sameperiodlastyear-function-dax

  Leonardorcaquino Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


CALCULATE
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
'DATE'[DATE]
upvoted 37 times

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  3 months ago


Calculate
SamePeriodLastYear
'Date'[Month]
ParallelPeriod could work but here the second agrument only takes one parameter and ParallelPeriod requires three
upvoted 25 times

  babinaprad 2 months, 1 week ago


Which one is the correct answer is it 'Date[Month] or 'Date'[Date] as it has got equal number of votes so confused.
upvoted 3 times

  Mati81111 2 months, 2 weeks ago


SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR accepts a data column, Month will usually be either text (Jan) or Integer (1). so: CALCULATE([Total Sales],
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date]))
upvoted 29 times
  Yokusuna Most Recent  1 week, 5 days ago
There is no correct answer.
PARALLELPERIOD and TOTALMTD will take more parameters to run then given in the code block.
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR and DATESMTD will run with the given parameters but return dates so it also need more to do to receive the needed
information.
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 1 month, 1 week ago


CALCULATE
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
'DATE'[DATE]
upvoted 5 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


CALCULATE
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
'DATE'[DATE]

It can't be 'Date'[Month], because that would be either an integer (12) or a name (December). But SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR takes only dates as a
parameter.
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(<dates>)
upvoted 9 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 3 weeks ago


The correct measure = CALCULATE([Total Sales], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date])).
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Correct answer is
CALCULATE
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
Date[Date]
upvoted 6 times

  Neerajkved 2 months, 1 week ago


Incorrect Answer. It should be like
Calculate
Sameperiodlastyear
Date[date]
upvoted 9 times
Question #11 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -
You plan to create a report that will display sales data from the last year for multiple regions.
You need to restrict access to individual rows of the data on a per region-basis by using roles.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

You can define roles and rules within Power BI Desktop. When you publish to Power BI, it also publishes the role definitions.
To define security roles, follow these steps.
1. Import data into your Power BI Desktop report (Step 1)
2. From the Modeling tab, select Manage Roles.
3. From the Manage roles window, select Create. (Step 2)
4. Under Roles, provide a name for the role.
5. Under Tables, select the table to which you want to apply a DAX rule.
6. In the Table filter DAX expression box, enter the DAX expressions. This expression returns a value of true or false. For example: [Entity ID] =
‫ג‬€Value‫ג‬€(Step 3)
7. After you've created the DAX expression, select the checkmark above the expression box to validate the expression.
8. Select Save.
Step 3: Assign Users to the role.
You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service.
After you've created your roles, test the results of the roles within Power BI Desktop.
Step 4: Publish the report.
Now that you're done validating the roles in Power BI Desktop, go ahead and publish your report to the Power BI service.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Import data
create the roles on power bi
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role.
upvoted 54 times

  louisaok 3 days, 5 hours ago


Yes, correct.
If publish first and then create a role, then all users will see the info, which against the requirement.
upvoted 2 times

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Import data
create the roles on power bi
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/row-level-security-power-bi/2-static-method
upvoted 14 times
  sharmila29 Most Recent  4 days, 4 hours ago
assign users to the role should be after publishing the report to service. Those users who assigned after publishing is correct in my k knowledge
upvoted 2 times

  Pauwels 2 weeks, 1 day ago


1.Import the data to Power BI Desktop.
2.Create a role definition.
3.Publish the report.
4.Assign users to the role
upvoted 7 times

  Ojumeaka 1 month ago


Import data to Power BI desktop
Create a role definition
assign users to role
Publish report
upvoted 3 times

  evipap 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Wrong answer. Just click the corresponding link --> https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/row-level-security-power-bi/2-static-
method
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 3 weeks ago


1.Import the data to Power BI Desktop.
2.Create a role definition.
3.Publish the report.
4.Assign users to the role.
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Import data
create the roles on power bi
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role.
upvoted 5 times

  simplex06 3 months ago


I think the disclosed answer is correct.
upvoted 5 times

  UriTG 2 months, 3 weeks ago


I'm not sure. I think that the order is not the right one. I mean, you create the roles on power bi, but the work to asign users on the roles it's
made on the online platform, so first you need to publish the report, and after that you assign.
upvoted 9 times

  GregFred 2 months, 1 week ago


you have right -import, create roles, publish, asign
upvoted 4 times
Question #12 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -
You create a data model in Power BI.
Report developers and users provide feedback that the data model is too complex.
The model contains the following tables.

The model has the following relationships:


✑ There is a one-to-one relationship between Sales_Region and Region_Manager.
✑ There are more records in Manager than in Region_Manager, but every record in Region_Manager has a corresponding record in Manager.
✑ There are more records in Sales_Manager than in Sales_Region, but every record in Sales_Region has a corresponding record in Sales_Manager.
You need to denormalize the model into a single table. Only managers who are associated to a sales region must be included in the reports.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: Merge [Sales_Region] and [Sales_Manager] by using an inner join.


Inner Join: Returns the rows present in both Left and right table only if there is a match. Otherwise, it returns zero records.
Note: Sales_Region and Sales_manager
There is a one-to-one relationship between Sales_Region and Region_Manager.
There are more records in Sales_Manager than in Sales_Region, but every record in Sales_Region has a corresponding record in Sales_Manager.
Step 2: Merge [Region_Manager] and [Manager] by using inner join.
Only managers who are associated to a sales region must be included in the reports.
Note: Region_Manager and Manager.
There are more records in Manager than in Region_Manager, but every record in Region_Manager has a corresponding record in Manager.
Step 3: Merge [Sales_region] and [Region_Manager] by using a right join as new query named [Sales_region_and_Region_Manager]
Reference:
https://www.tutorialgateway.org/joins-in-power-bi/

  Nurgul Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


1.Merge [Region_Manager] and [Manager] by using an inner join.
3.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Sales_Manager] by using an inner join.
6.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Region_Manager] by using an inner join.
upvoted 19 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 9 hours ago


I completely agree
upvoted 1 times

  sylesh Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


I think the last query in the answer should be "Merge [sales_region] and [region_manager] using an inner join" . Outer join may exclude some
records for which region_manager info might be absent.
upvoted 16 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 5 days ago


It is the outer join that INCLUDES the records for which a foreign key is absent. It is the inner join that excludes records for which the foreign is
absent.
But this is exactly what you want, because only managers with a related Sales_Region must be included.
So I agree with your answer but not with the reasoning ;-)
upvoted 1 times

  Lewiasskick 1 month, 1 week ago


The sales Region and Region manager has one to one relationship, therefore, it does not matter how to join it
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 5 days ago


Indeed it doesn't. Only an inner join shows more clearly the intention of the join.
upvoted 1 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


That did my head in and took at least 20 min to fathom out. In the end, I agree with this answer. I hope I can do it MUCH quicker in the exam.
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


What did you decide was the correct answer?
upvoted 1 times

  RickyAnd 2 months, 2 weeks ago


exactly, I agree
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


I agree with user 'Nurgul'
upvoted 1 times

  Orkhannnn 4 weeks ago


3.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Sales_Manager] by using an inner join.
6.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Region_Manager] by using an inner join.
1.Merge [Region_Manager] and [Manager] by using an inner join.
upvoted 3 times

  Nourhan08 2 months ago


the last one will be as new query or just inner join?
upvoted 1 times

  CHT1988 1 month, 1 week ago


I don't get why we need a new query as well
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 9 hours ago


Because we don't need it :-)
right answer:
1.Merge [Region_Manager] and [Manager] by using an inner join.
3.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Sales_Manager] by using an inner join.
6.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Region_Manager] by using an inner join.
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


All three should be inner joins
upvoted 9 times
  Alexeyvykhodtsev 2 months, 2 weeks ago
My answer:
Merge Sales_Region and Region_Manager using an inner join.
Merge Region_Manager and Manager by using an inner join.
Merge Sales_Region and Sales_Manager by using an inner join.
upvoted 4 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


I think, steps 1 and 2 are in the wrong sequence here, because you have already merged Region_Manager with Sales_Region when you
merge with Manager. So you will lose the Managers names.
upvoted 1 times
Question #13 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI report. The size of PBIX file is 550 MB. The report is accessed by using an App workspace in shared capacity of
powerbi.com.
The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 million rows. The dataset is scheduled to refresh
twice a day at 08:00 and 17:00.
The report is a single page that contains 15 AppSource visuals and 10 default visuals.
Users say that the report is slow to load the visuals when they access and interact with the report.
You need to recommend a solution to improve the performance of the report.
What should you recommend?

A. Change any DAX measures to use iterator functions.

B. Enable visual interactions.

C. Replace the default visuals with AppSource visuals.

D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.

Correct Answer: D
One page with many visuals may also make your report loading slow. Please appropriately reduce the number of visualizations on one page.
Reference:
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Desktop/Visuals-are-loading-extremely-slow/td-p/1565668

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  simplex06 Highly Voted  3 months ago


Correct answer:
D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.
upvoted 20 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  4 days, 9 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
Correct answer: D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.
I experienced this firsthand.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Ojumeaka 1 month ago


D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.
upvoted 2 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
Splitting the report into multiple pages is the only feasible option
upvoted 2 times

  RickyAnd 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #14 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You are creating a Microsoft Power BI imported data model to perform basket analysis. The goal of the analysis is to identify which products are
usually bought together in the same transaction across and within sales territories.
You import a fact table named Sales as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

The related dimension tables are imported into the model.


Sales contains the data shown in the following table.

You are evaluating how to optimize the model.


For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: Yes -
Those two columns not need in the analysis.

Box 2: No -
Can remove the surrogate key OrderDateKey from the analysis.

Box 3: No -
Tax charged not relevant for the analysis.

  simplex06 Highly Voted  3 months ago


Yes - No - No
upvoted 15 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


My choice is
YES
NO
NO
upvoted 1 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks, 5 days ago


NO- SalesRowID is the primary key for the Sales table, hence needed in the model
NO- the analysis is not time based
No- decimal place is irrelevant in the analysis
upvoted 2 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


YES
NO
NO
upvoted 4 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Yes
NO
NO

Correct answers
upvoted 3 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 3 weeks ago


1.yes
2.no
3.no
upvoted 4 times

  RickyAnd 2 months, 2 weeks ago


correct
upvoted 4 times

  GPerez73 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #15 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI data model that contains three tables named Orders, Date, and City. There is a one-to-many relationship between
Date and
Orders and between City and Orders.
The model contains two row-level security (RLS) roles named Role1 and Role2. Role1 contains the following filter.
City[State Province] = "Kentucky"
Role2 contains the following filter.

Date[Calendar Year] = 2020 -


If a user is a member of both Role1 and Role2, what data will they see in a report that uses the model?

A. The user will see data for which the State Province value is Kentucky or where the Calendar Year is 2020.

B. The user will receive an error and will not be able to see the data in the report.

C. The user will only see data for which the State Province value is Kentucky.

D. The user will only see data for which the State Province value is Kentucky and the Calendar Year is 2020.

Correct Answer: D
Row-level security (RLS) with Power BI can be used to restrict data access for given users. Filters restrict data access at the row level, and you
can define filters within roles.
Both Roles are applied, and both role filters must be met.
Incorrect:
Not B: A model relationship is limited when there's no guaranteed "one" side. You get an error message if you belong to multiple RLS roles and
at least one of the roles relies on a limited relationship. But here both relationships have a guaranteed 1 side.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution


A (83%) D (17%)

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  3 months ago


Selected Answer: A
Wrong , correct answer is A
upvoted 34 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


D is correct. Why? Because if they could see Kentucky OR 2020 data then they just have to select Kentucky and they would be able to see
data from all years, which would defeat the purpose of RLS
upvoted 2 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


"Multiple role mappings can result in unexpected outcomes.
When a report user is assigned to multiple roles, RLS filters become ADDITIVE. It means report users can see table rows that represent the
UNION of those filters."
Source : https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance
upvoted 4 times

  NGenov 1 month, 3 weeks ago


User is limited to only Kentucky AND year 2020. He should not have rights to see other years or areas. Come on guys its simple OR/AND!
upvoted 6 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Which means D is the correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Answer should be A, from the Microsoft documentation (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance):
"When a report user is assigned to multiple roles, RLS filters become additive. It means report users can see table rows that represent the union
of those filters."

This means that you would see all data where either Role1 OR Role2 applies, so the answer is A not D.
upvoted 16 times
  Dumi44 1 month, 4 weeks ago
That means exactly the opposite "can see table rows that represent the union of those filters."
Tables that represent the union of the filters, not the union of the rows displayed by each filter
upvoted 5 times

  olajor 2 months, 1 week ago


Union is everything in both, i.e Role1 and Role2
upvoted 5 times

  nucleus21 2 months, 1 week ago


it's A i just recreated the scenario and it shows all the lines for the Role 1 and adds all the lines for the Role 2. so keeps all the lines that
meet Role 1 OR Role 2
upvoted 12 times

  rashjan 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Thank you, that is the right description.
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret Most Recent  3 days, 4 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
Correct anser is A, I've just tested with Power Bi Desktop
upvoted 1 times

  sharmila29 4 days, 4 hours ago


So actually there is no correct answer given in the choice.
upvoted 1 times

  sharmila29 4 days, 4 hours ago


D is wrong. since we have 2 different roles one for Kentucky ignoring the year and second role for the year 2020 ignoring the region. So the user
with both role should be OR not and AND. because the role Kentucky will diplay many years of data and year 2020 will show any region in that
year. so the logic is actually all the region and all the year. Since no year filter in Kentucky and no region filter in year. Make sense?

D)The user will only see data for which the State Province value is Kentucky and the Calendar Year is 2020.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 days, 8 hours ago


I would say the the correct answer is D (restrictions role 1 AND role 2).
But when I read the online documentation (RLS filters become ADDITIVE. It means report users can see table rows that represent the UNION of
those filters) it seems that the answer should be A (restrictions of role 1 OR role 2)
So I think it is answer A, but I have to say that this goes completely against my logic.
upvoted 1 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 1 week, 2 days ago


Roles perform like unions and not intersections. For example, if a person is assigned two roles "Sales Manager" and "Union member", this
particular person is both a Sales Manager and a Union member. What a Sales Manager can do is totally different from what a Union member can
do, and those two roles may not have much if anything in common. Still, a person who are assigned both roles should be able to do jobs of both
roles
upvoted 1 times

  Jay_98_11 1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: D
and/or logic
upvoted 1 times

  cygwin 1 week, 5 days ago


Selected Answer: A
A is right
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels 2 weeks, 1 day ago


Correct answer is D
upvoted 1 times

  rivecin637 3 weeks, 1 day ago


When a report user is assigned to multiple roles, RLS filters become additive. It means report users can see table rows that represent the union of
those filters.

ref: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-
guidance#:~:text=When%20a%20report%20user%20is%20assigned%20to%20multiple%20roles%2C%20RLS%20filters%20become%20addi
tive.%20It%20means%20report%20users%20can%20see%20table%20rows%20that%20represent%20the%20union%20of%20those%20filter
s.
upvoted 2 times

  Bot_1 3 weeks, 4 days ago


yes answer is d
upvoted 2 times
  iccent2 1 month, 1 week ago
The answer is A and not D. If a user is a worker and Role1 access to payroll is FALSE and the same employee is a manager and has role2 access
to payroll which is TRUE, the employee will see all payroll bcos RLS is additive.
So, on role1 = Kentucky, they can see all the years under Kentucky and on role2 = year 2020, they can see all state provinces under year 2020
and not just kentucky.
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
I have checked with a sample data, it shows the union of sets, A or B.
upvoted 2 times

  samad1234 1 month, 3 weeks ago


The answer is A
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Correct answer = A
upvoted 1 times

  nucleus21 2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
just recreate a simlpe dataset and shows all the lines for both roles.
upvoted 3 times
Question #16 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power BI. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server table named Order that has more than
100 million records.
During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the Order table.
Solution: From Power Query Editor, you import the table and then add a filter step to the query.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
This would load the entire table in the first step.
Instead: You add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/native-database-query

Community vote distribution


B (63%) A (37%)

  simplex06 Highly Voted  3 months ago


I agree with the answer.
B. No
upvoted 22 times

  Denjarus 1 month ago


B is correct. This will load the entire table in the first step when you import. Instead add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement
upvoted 3 times

  H_E_Z 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Highly Voted 
I think query folding can push the filter into the query so A yes
upvoted 10 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  4 days, 8 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Shiiton 6 days, 15 hours ago


I think the question was written wrongly.. the question should be "what is best practice" or something like that instead of "Does this meet the
goal". would take a life to refresh but yes meet the goal.
upvoted 1 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 1 week, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: B
We should add the filter directly to the where clause and not rely on query folding for filtering. This is because that query folding is not always
guaranteed. For example, if we perform complex logics after filtering in Power Query that are not supported in SQL queries, query folding might
not happen. It is a good practice to add the filter directly to the where clause to guarantee that only required data is fetched.
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 5 days ago


Selected Answer: B
No, this would first import al the 100 million rows and after that filter the greatest part out.
So the answer is B. No
upvoted 2 times

  HemantGorle 1 week, 6 days ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct (due to query folding filters will be passed to source) and it meets our goal.
upvoted 2 times

  powerbibuddy 2 weeks ago


Correct answer
B) No
upvoted 2 times

  scotchtapebunny 2 weeks, 1 day ago


The "then apply a filter" part should give it away that the whole table is loaded (i.e. no query folding is done). Second, it says you need to
IMPORT a SAMPLE. It doesn't say import the table and extract a sample. While there is some ambiguity, the best answer is B.
upvoted 2 times

  rivecin637 2 weeks, 2 days ago


Selected Answer: A
IT IS YES, QUERY FOLDING IS HAPPENING
see : https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/power-query-folding#transformations-that-can-achieve-folding
upvoted 3 times

  Traineeveneficus 2 weeks, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: B
B is the answer
upvoted 2 times

  Tiz88 3 weeks, 6 days ago


To answer the question you need to ask yourself: "is query folding happening"? If yes, then the correct answer is "A: Yes".
I do not see a reason why "query folding" is not happening, and that's because not only we are importing from a structured data source
(Microsoft SQL Server, which support "query folding") but we are also applying a simple filter (which will be easly translated into a native query).
Please note: even if we are using a native SQL query (i.e.: SELECT * FROM table), we can still enable "query folding" (source: Guy in a Cube:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8hjdOCni_ZY or if you prefer an official Microsoft source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-
query/native-query-folding)
Source for understanding "query folding": https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/query-folding-basics
upvoted 6 times

  shakes103 4 weeks, 1 day ago


The question here is: Does this meet the goal?
The answer is A: YES. Why?
Because it can be done using native query in the Power Query.
Read from doc: "Power Query enables you to specify your native database query in a text box under Advanced options when connecting to a
database. In the example below, you'll import data from a SQL Server database using a native database query entered in the SQL statement text
box. The procedure is similar in all other databases with native database query that Power Query supports."
upvoted 3 times

  JukMar 4 weeks, 1 day ago


A is correct, use of query folding
upvoted 1 times

  velvarga 1 month ago


Selected Answer: B
add WHERE clause to the SQL statement, so I would say B
upvoted 2 times

  Lewiasskick 1 month ago


Selected Answer: B
First of all, the query from the database is a native query, the following as query folding will not take place for a native query, it must be B
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/native-query-folding
upvoted 1 times

  xxfangxx 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Answer is B, because you wanna import 'SAMPLE' data, not import the whole data then filter it.
upvoted 6 times
Question #17 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power BI. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server table named Order that has more than
100 million records.
During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the Order table.
Solution: You write a DAX expression that uses the FILTER function.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
Instead: You add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.
Note: DAX is not a language designed to fetch the data like SQL rather than used for data analysis purposes. It is always a better and
recommended approach to transform the data as close to the data source itself. For example, your data source is a relational database; then,
it's better to go with T-SQL.
SQL is a structured query language, whereas DAX is a formula language used for data analysis purposes. When our data is stored in some
structured database systems like SQL server management studio, MySQL, or others, we have to use SQL to fetch the stored data.
Reference:
https://www.learndax.com/dax-vs-sql-when-to-use-dax-over-sql/

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  JukMar 4 weeks, 1 day ago


answer is NO, we need to add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.
upvoted 2 times

  iccent2 1 month, 1 week ago


Also, common sense, we are trying to import a sample of the data meaning that the data is not yet on Power BI, so where are we going to filter
with DAX? On the SQL server? That is not possible hence the answer B is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


The correct answer is B
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 4 times

  learnazureportal 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Answer is Correct.
upvoted 1 times

  simplex06 3 months ago


You can write a DAX expression after you import the data.
upvoted 1 times

  MilouSluijter 2 months, 4 weeks ago


Yes but in that case you import all data from the order table while the question states you only need to import a sample. So B is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Agree with MilouSluijter. If you apply filter at DAX stage, the data is already in the model
upvoted 1 times
Question #18 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power BI. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server table named Order that has more than
100 million records.
During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the Order table.
Solution: You add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A
Power Query enables you to specify your native database query in a text box under Advanced options when connecting to a database. In the
example below, you'll import data from a SQL Server database using a native database query entered in the SQL statement text box.
1. Connect to a SQL Server database using Power Query. Select the SQL Server database option in the connector selection.
2. In the SQL Server database popup window:
3. Specify the Server and Database where you want to import data from using native database query.
4. Under Advanced options, select the SQL statement field and paste or enter your native database query, then select OK.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/native-database-query

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  NuriaIzard 4 days, 9 hours ago


As the basis is Microsoft SQL (or OData Feed, for that matter), it is actually possible to achieve the goal without a where clause, since this clause
will be added by the Power Query enginge. So I think that indeed, query folding is possible and therefore, the answer should be Yes
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Ais the correct Answer
upvoted 2 times
  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago
Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  rashjan 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
In my opinion the goal can only be met if you for example know the Id of an item and then filter for this. So the goal can be met but it an ugly
solution.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


You are over thinking it. Its asking for a sample of the data in a table with more than 100 million rows. So a simple select statement like the
below would return a sample data set of 1000 rows from the Order table.
Select TOP (1000) *
From [dbo].[Order]
upvoted 2 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


But these is no WHERE clause in your statement. It would have been easier if the TOP 1000 was mentioned.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


In practice you would most probably take a sample of the most recently created rows, using a WHERE clause and filtering on a date
column.
upvoted 1 times
Question #19 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -
You are preparing a financial report in Power BI.
You connect to the data stored in a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet by using Power Query Editor as shown in the following exhibit.

You need to prepare the data to support the following:


✑ Visualizations that include all measures in the data over time
✑ Year-over-year calculations for all the measures
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/unpivot-column

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Answer is wrong, the table shouldn't be transposed, the order should be:
1. Use first row as header
2. Unpivot all columns other than "Measure"
3. Rename "Attribute" to "Year"
4. Change data type of "Year" to date (Date > Year)
upvoted 61 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


I agree completely. These steps lead to the desired result. Transposing doesn't.
upvoted 1 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 month, 1 week ago


Its really easy to replicate these questions in Power BI, which is also the point of the exam.

I can confirm that the above answer is correct by simply recreating the steps using sample data.
upvoted 4 times

  lugesy 1 month, 2 weeks ago


https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/unpivot-column
Your answer is consistent with the explanation in the link.
upvoted 2 times

  nucleus21 2 months, 1 week ago


Agreed! for all the folks that are ask for the need of last step change to data type, its needed for time intelligence DAX functions.
upvoted 3 times

  olajor Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Answer is correct
upvoted 8 times

  olajor 2 months, 1 week ago


nvm I agree with ThariCD now.
upvoted 3 times

  NuriaIzard Most Recent  4 days, 9 hours ago


Attention please: Unpivot refers to a column named Measure, but there is actually no column with that name, therefore transpose would be more
accurate
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels 6 days, 8 hours ago


Please guys :

try this it's works like magik

The correct answer should be:


1. Transpose the table
2. Use first row as headers
3. Rename the Measure column as Year
4. Change the data type of the Year column to Date
upvoted 2 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 1 week, 1 day ago


The correct answer should be:
1. Transpose the table
2. Use first row as headers
3. Rename the Measure column as Year
4. Change the data type of the Year column to Date

We can use either transpose or unpivot to complete the job, but not both. The step "Use first row as headers" is only related to transpose and for
unpivot this step is not required.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/transpose-table
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/unpivot-column
upvoted 3 times

  Pauwels 1 week, 3 days ago


Answer is correct

https://www.udemy.com/course/microsoft-power-bi-certification-da-100-exam-prep/learn/lecture/27188762#announcements
upvoted 1 times

  TZCT1FX 1 week, 4 days ago


The answer is not correct. ThariCD has it right. If you use the steps above, the Year column is a wholenumber type. You cannot do YoY
calculations with that.
upvoted 1 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks, 5 days ago


In pivoting/unpivoting transformation, you can not perform one action without the other. i.e when you unpivot a set columns, you equally have to
pivot the remaining columns as different steps. Since the questions provided only one of the steps(unpivoting) without the other, then the
transformation is not pivoting/unpivoting. The transformation is Transpose which is:
1.transpose the table
2.use first rows as headers
3.change fist column(measure) to Year
4.change data type to year
upvoted 3 times
  Glubbs 3 weeks, 1 day ago
The correct Answer is:
1 - Transpose
2 - Use first row as headers
3 - Rename the Measure col as Year
4 - Change the data type of the Year col to Date
The video shows how to do it: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0sci44xnto0&list=PLApPcvU5-R24K3mbxORV7T3ckVLfDjmHF&index=20
upvoted 5 times

  Pocu 3 weeks, 2 days ago


To fully understand this question, we need to understand what is 1 dimension,2 dimension table and what is the purpose of transpose and
unpivot. Golden rule is: 1 dimension table is the destination. For this question specifically, it is already a 1 dimension table. Simply
1. Transpose the table
2. Use first row as headers
3. Rename the Measure column as Year
4. Change the data type of the Year column to Date.
upvoted 5 times

  Kate000 4 weeks ago


tried changing the data type to date, and it can't get the correct date,
I think it should set up a date table later or other methods for the year-over-year calculation...

I tested with the step below:


1. transpose
2. use first row as header
3. unpivot (actually it just changed the ordering in this case)
4. Rename the measure column as year

https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Power-Query/Changeing-data-type-from-whole-number-to-date-year-and-month/td-p/898534
upvoted 2 times

  youssef_yt89 1 month ago


I GET IT USING THESE STEPS:
1. Transpose the table
2. Use first row as headers
3. Rename the Measure column as Year
4. Change the data type of the Year column to Date.
upvoted 4 times

  jorv86 1 month ago


To me,
1. Transpose the table
2. Use first row as headers
3. Rename the Measure column as Year
4. Change the data type of the Year column to Date.

Yo don't need to unpivot but transpose because you need the measures in columns. Don't you agree?
upvoted 6 times

  iccent2 1 month, 1 week ago


The given answer is the correct answer. You must first transpose the table so that the year will be on one column. Check here:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/unpivot-column
upvoted 2 times

  DBAH 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Comments on my previous answer, as for me there is no need to unpivot the columns or change the data type.
upvoted 3 times

  DBAH 1 month, 2 weeks ago


The given answer is correct, I've tested it.
upvoted 2 times

  CHT1988 3 weeks, 5 days ago


I also agree.
No need to change the data type, Visualization only needs the Year (if you change it, it will pop the day/month as well
Website's answer put the Year as 1st column.
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


The correct answer :
1- Use first row as header
2. Unpivot all columns other than "Measure"
3. Rename "Attribute" to "Year"
4. Change data type of "Year"
upvoted 2 times
Question #20 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You are creating an analytics report that will consume data from the tables shown in the following table.

There is a relationship between the tables.


There are no reporting requirements on employee_id and employee_photo.
You need to optimize the data model.
What should you configure for employee_id and employee_photo? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: Hide -
Need in the relation, so cannot delete it.

Box 2: Delete -
Reference:
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Desktop/How-to-Hide-a-Column-in-power-Bi/m-p/414470

  VeroF Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Answer is Correct
upvoted 12 times

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Hide & Delete
upvoted 5 times

  Jay_98_11 Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


agreed with answer
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


I think Sort and Delete, because Hide don't help to optimise
upvoted 3 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


employee_id is the Foregein Key that connects the tables
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Hide & Delete
upvoted 2 times
Question #21 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You plan to create Power BI dataset to analyze attendance at a school. Data will come from two separate views named View1 and View2 in an
Azure SQL database.
View1 contains the columns shown in the following table.

View2 contains the columns shown in the following table.

The views can be related based on the Class ID column.


Class ID is the unique identifier for the specified class, period, teacher, and school year. For example, the same class can be taught by the same
teacher during two different periods, but the class will have a different class ID.
You need to design a star schema data model by using the data in both views. The solution must facilitate the following analysis:
✑ The count of classes that occur by period
✑ The count of students in attendance by period by day
✑ The average number of students attending a class each month
In which table should you include the Teacher First Name and Period Number fields? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: Teacher fact -


Fact tables store observations or events, and can be sales orders, stock balances, exchange rates, temperatures, etc. A fact table contains
dimension key columns that relate to dimension tables, and numeric measure columns.
Note: Star schema is a mature modeling approach widely adopted by relational data warehouses. It requires modelers to classify their model
tables as either dimension or fact.

Box 2: Attendance fact -


Incorrect:
‫ג‬€"
Dimension tables describe business entities
the things you model. Entities can include products, people, places, and concepts including time itself. The most consistent table you'll find in a
star schema is a date dimension table. A dimension table contains a key column (or columns) that acts as a unique identifier, and descriptive
columns.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema

  Jukibabu Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago


I'd say:
Teacher's dim
Class dim
upvoted 36 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


I agree completely. Period is an attribute of Class:
"Class ID is the unique identifier for the specified class, period, teacher, and school year. For example, the same class can be taught by the
same teacher during two different periods, but the class will have a different class ID."
upvoted 1 times

  learnazureportal 1 month ago


It is not correct. for the 2nd one, we have to use attendance fact. you need to apply aggregation.
upvoted 4 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


Also, if Period is included in the Class Dim, you can still aggregate the Attendence Fact on this dimension.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


When you read this phrase: "Class ID is the unique identifier for the specified class, period, teacher, and school year. For example, the
same class can be taught by the same teacher during two different periods, but the class will have a different class ID."
It actually states clearly that Period is an attribute of Class.
upvoted 1 times

  GPerez73 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Agree with you
upvoted 4 times

  olajor Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Isn't it teacher dim and attendance fact?
upvoted 27 times

  birsne 2 months, 3 weeks ago


I agree!
upvoted 3 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire Most Recent  1 week, 1 day ago


Box 1: Class dimension
Box 2: Attendance fact

The fact table is view 1 and it can be named as "Attendance fact". The fact table has three columns joining to three dimension tables. Those
three columns are Student ID, Period Number and Class ID, and those three dimension tables are Student dimension, Period dimension and
Class dimension. It is possible that we can also have a Teacher dimension, but then the Teacher dimension will join to the Class dimension and
not to the fact table directly, and this is going to be a snowflake data model. The Period Number will be in both the Period Dimension and the
Fact table, but since the Period Dimension is not a choice in box 2, we will choose Attendance fact
upvoted 4 times

  disndat7 1 week ago


Agree with you completely. Star schema structure of the existing table view needs to be respected. As such, calling a teacher dimension table
would turn it into snowflake.
upvoted 1 times

  pr1812 1 week ago


That's correct. Key point is to create a star schema and if we normalize class dim to create a teacher dim using 2NF then we create a
secondary dimension thereby creating a snowflake model.
upvoted 1 times

  Shweta2022 2 weeks, 2 days ago


Teacher Dimension
Attendance Fact
upvoted 6 times

  cygwin 1 week, 5 days ago


AGREE!!!
upvoted 1 times

  susunz 1 month ago


It should be teacher dim and attendance fact. About the attendance fact, it is because "the same class can be taught by the same teacher during
two different periods", therefore, the period number should not be in any dimension, as it is not unique.
upvoted 5 times

  susunz 1 month ago


I am wrong. should be teacher's dim & class dim. As "lass ID is unique for the class, period, teacher and school year"
upvoted 2 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Teacher Dim
Attendance Fact
upvoted 6 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 3 weeks ago


The question asks for a star schema data model. So it could be:
Class Dimension
Class Dimension
(No Teacher Dimension as it's a star schema, not snowflake)
upvoted 6 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Very good comment!
Exactly, we would get a snowflake if we created a teacher dim. But star schema is required.
Fully agree!
upvoted 2 times

  Tiz88 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Agree!
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Teacher's dim
Class dim
upvoted 1 times

  ThariCD 2 months, 3 weeks ago


I believe it should be teacher's dim and class dim because teacher name and period number are static information that are directly related to the
keys (teacher ID and class ID) so they belong in the relevant dimension tables. Since the "Class ID is unique for the class, period, teacher and
school year" this information should be included in the class dimension table and not repeated for each student's attendance to keep your model
as small as possible and to avoid mistakes.
upvoted 15 times
Question #22 Topic 2

You have the Power BI model shown in the following exhibit.

There are four departments in the Departments table.


You need to ensure that users can see the data of their respective department only.
What should you do?

A. Create a slicer that filters Departments based on DepartmentID.

B. Create a row-level security (RLS) role for each department, and then define the membership of the role.

C. Create a DepartmentID parameter to filter the Departments table.

D. To the ConfidentialData table, add a calculated measure that uses the CURRENTGROUP DAX function.

Correct Answer: B
Row-level security (RLS) with Power BI can be used to restrict data access for given users. Filters restrict data access at the row level, and you
can define filters within roles.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution


B (77%) C (23%)

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 8 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
The clue is "There are four departments ..."
see https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance
It says there:
Avoid using RLS, whenever it makes sense to do so. If you have only a small number of simplistic RLS rules that apply static filters, consider
publishing multiple datasets instead [...] to different workspaces [...] and use query parameters to filter source data.
upvoted 3 times

  shakes103 4 weeks ago


What is the primary reason for creating RLS? Is it not to solve this exact problem? The answer to this question is B.
upvoted 5 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


To be honest, I am no longer sure. If only the department table is filtered, all facts would still contain all department data.
upvoted 1 times
Question #23 Topic 2

In Power BI Desktop, you are building a sales report that contains two tables. Both tables have row-level security (RLS) configured.
You need to create a relationship between the tables. The solution must ensure that bidirectional cross-filtering honors the RLS settings.
What should you do?

A. Create an inactive relationship between the tables and select Apply security filter in both directions.

B. Create an active relationship between the tables and select Apply security filter in both directions.

C. Create an inactive relationship between the tables and select Assume referential integrity.

D. Create an active relationship between the tables and select Assume referential integrity.

Correct Answer: B
By default, row-level security filtering uses single-directional filters, whether the relationships are set to single direction or bi-directional. You
can manually enable bi-directional cross-filtering with row-level security by selecting the relationship and checking the Apply security filter in
both directions checkbox. Select this option when you've also implemented dynamic row-level security at the server level, where row-level
security is based on username or login ID.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Answer is B
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 3 times

  mahtab 2 months, 1 week ago


B is correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #24 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You have a column named UnitsInStock as shown in the following exhibit.

UnitsInStock has 75 non-null values, of which 51 are unique.


Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: 75 rows -
Is nullable allows NULL values in the column.

Box 2: reduce -
Reference:
https://blog.crossjoin.co.uk/2019/01/20/is-nullable-column-property-power-bi/

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


If it's the only field in a table only unique values will be shown.
upvoted 12 times

  nbn97 2 months, 2 weeks ago


only distinct values not unique values
so the answer is: 75 rows / reduce
upvoted 14 times

  Fer079 2 months, 1 week ago


Exactly, only distinct values but the question says "UnitsInStock has 75 non-null values, of which 51 are unique", so it does not say 75
distinct values, it says 75 with non-null values, so we can have repeated values. Therefore, I would say 51 / decrease
upvoted 9 times

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


1 - 1 ROW
2 - increase
upvoted 8 times

  OGESSIUSER 2 months, 2 weeks ago


SO it's
51
Reduce
upvoted 9 times

  VeroF 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Answer is correct (51 and Reduce). tested
upvoted 8 times

  ThariCD 2 months, 2 weeks ago


The summarization is set to 'Don't summarize' so you will have 1 row per value, not 1 row total. If you add a summarization it will decrease the
number of rows.
upvoted 8 times

  Namrata_12 2 months, 2 weeks ago


SO the Answer is- 1. 75Rows, 2. Reduce, right?
upvoted 2 times

  hmax56 2 months, 2 weeks ago


I agree
upvoted 2 times

  KobeData Most Recent  2 weeks, 1 day ago


We're not dealing with a matric here, we're dealing with a simple table. In simple tables values that occur more than once won't be shown in the
rows multiple times. Since you're they tell you you have 51 unique values (and the other ones aren't null values) you can be sure it's more than
51. Since you'll already have 51 rows of unique values.
So the first is answer is 75.

Furthermore, when you add another table, change the sign to summarize, you will add up all the values of the 51 unique values and all the rest.
Which means you will get one single row, displaying the sum of all these values.

Therefore, the second answer is reduce.


upvoted 3 times
  reeny 2 weeks, 6 days ago
1 row, Increase

I think it should be 1 row because the data type is a Whole Number and in default the Summarization is set to be "Sum" (If it's a String then might
be either 51/75 rows).

After changed to "Don't Summarize", the table will show all the unique values from the column so number of rows increased
upvoted 1 times

  andregrahamnz 2 weeks, 3 days ago


It doesnt matter what the default summarization is set to; they've shown you the summarization has been set to 'none' to start
upvoted 1 times

  ivanb94 3 weeks ago


75 rows
Reduce

You can test it by creating a table with one column that contains 75 non-null values out of which 51 are unique.
After that just drag your column to the simple table and you will see that it has to be more than 51 rows (the table will show the distinct values).

The part that is confusing is that it doesn't say 75 distinct values, but since there need to be more distinct values than 51, we can assume that all
of the 75 values are distinct.

After that, just add some summarization and it will show you only one number.
Hope this helps!
upvoted 2 times

  rivecin637 3 weeks, 1 day ago


Tested : 51 and maintain.
Only unique unique values will be shown.
upvoted 1 times

  naziahassan 1 month ago


which one is the correct answer then, every one is saying different
upvoted 2 times

  zerone72 1 month, 3 weeks ago


75, MAINTAIN !!!
When you add the column to a flat table only distinct (and not unique!) values are display. The question doesn't mention anything about the 75
values being distinct or unique. If you assume they are distinct then the ANSWER IS
75.
The question doesn't say anything about another column existing in the table and being added to the visual. Therefore, assuming that
UnitInStock is the only column, changing the summarization MAINTAIN the number of value (it not a matrix, so values are not summed)
upvoted 2 times

  zerone72 1 month, 3 weeks ago


IF you add another column to the visual, changing the summarization will reduce the number of rows in the visual
upvoted 1 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Sorry - 51 and reduce
upvoted 2 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 3 weeks ago


75 Rows / Reduze
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


75 Rows
Reduce
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 week, 3 days ago


Tested again and I stand by my answer. 75 values does not mean 75 rows. What we do know is there are 51 unique values. So to test, create
a column with the numbers 1-75 on each row > then leave 51 of these row values unique and for the remaining rows duplicate the numbers >
then when you add the column to a table it will only show the distinct values which will be 75
upvoted 1 times

  Lkra1 2 months ago


its 75 bcs it says just a simple report, nothing fancy about, and we have 75 non null and 51 unique, but it says just that it will show the rows in a
report so it means all rows no matter what difference.

and reduce bcs when we talk about summarization in a column we refer to reducing common values in form of a "summing"

75
reduce
upvoted 3 times

  nucleus21 2 months, 1 week ago


I tested the example in powerbi so its 51 rows / reduce. Actually a) it is a distinct values table and b) is one value total summarization
upvoted 4 times

  Fer079 2 months ago


How did you test it? Did You use 75 distinct values or with repeated values?, because the result is not the same. "Distinct" is not same as
"Unique".
If you used 75 non-null values of which 51 are unique then it means that 24 values are not unique (each value exist more than once), so your
result will be 51 + distinct (the other 24 values) os it´s not possible your result.
The only way to have the result of 75 is knowing that we have 75 distinct values and not just 75 values (rows), and the only way to have the
result of 51 is having 51 distinct values and not unique (unless all the rows we have are unique, in this case distcint = unique)
upvoted 4 times

  andregrahamnz 2 weeks, 3 days ago


Fer079's response to this is correct. There could be 51 unique values and the rest of the values are '1', but that will still result in a
MINIMUM of 52 rows. The correct answer based on the information given is 'anywhere between 52 and 75 rows' which rules out all
answers EXCEPT 75.
upvoted 2 times

  Neerajkved 2 months, 1 week ago


Wrong Answer:
Correct Answer will Be
A. 51 because table shows only Unique values by default and this is the only value added in the visual
B. Increase - Because if we add more dimension to table visual, number of unique combination will increase hence row count will increase.
Reduce
upvoted 4 times

  Neerajkved 2 months, 1 week ago


Apologies for second answer , Answer for B will be "Reduce" as we are changing setting for summarization from None to a dimension.
upvoted 3 times

  Namrata_12 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Ans would be- 51, reduce
upvoted 4 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


51, decrease
upvoted 6 times

  zagiel 2 months, 2 weeks ago


1. 1 rows
2. When we change option "Don't summarize" the count of rows increase
I did it in Power BI
upvoted 3 times
Question #25 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You have a Power BI report.
You have the following tables.

You have the following DAX measure.


Accounts :=
CALCULATE (
DISTINCTCOUNT (Balances[AccountID]),
LASTDATE ('Date'[Date])
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: No -
It will show the total number of accounts that were live at the last day of the year only.
Note:
DISTINCTCOUNT counts the number of distinct values in a column.
LASTDATE returns the last date in the current context for the specified column of dates.

Box 2: No -
It will show the total number of accounts that were live at the last day of the month only.
Box 3: Yes -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/distinctcount-function-dax https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/lastdate-function-dax

  susunz Highly Voted  1 month ago


The date is hierarchy, the lastdate() is based on the hierarchy, which means the measure should be adjusted with the year/month/day level. Thus
N-N-Y is correct.
upvoted 5 times

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


NO
NO
YES
upvoted 5 times

  Jay_98_11 Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


correct
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


As I was no sure , I did a test here, and Yes, the answer is correct...
upvoted 1 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Shouldn't this be YYY? Lastdate "returns the last date in the current context for the specified column of dates". Therefore, it will be give you the
last day of the year or month depending on the context. If you then do a distinctcount on the accountid, this means that account had a closing
balance on that day.
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 4 weeks ago


It is NO NO YES and here's why. Just as you mentioned, Lastdate "returns the last date in the current context for the specified column of
dates" which means it will ONLY RETURN the live account balances for the LAST DAY of the YEAR for year and MONTH for month and not
THROUGHOUT THE YEAR & THROUGHOUT THE MONTH as those options stated. Read those options again and the answers will come to
you.
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


No
No
Yes
upvoted 4 times

  aloulouder 2 months, 3 weeks ago


correct
upvoted 5 times

  simplex06 3 months ago


It should be No - No - Yes
upvoted 5 times
Question #26 Topic 2

You have the tables shown in the following table.

The Impressions table contains approximately 30 million records per month.


You need to create an ad analytics system to meet the following requirements:
✑ Present ad impression counts for the day, campaign, and site_name. The analytics for the last year are required.
Minimize the data model size.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create one-to-many relationships between the tables.

B. Group the Impressions query in Power Query by Ad_id, Site_name, and Impression_date. Aggregate by using the CountRows function.

C. Create a calculated table that contains Ad_id, Site_name, and Impression_date.

D. Create a calculated measure that aggregates by using the COUNTROWS function.

Correct Answer: AB
Incorrect:
Not C: A calculated table would increase the data model size.
Not D: Need Impression_date etc.

Community vote distribution


AB (100%)

  sidyndiaye Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


I agree.
upvoted 6 times

  JukMar Most Recent  4 weeks, 1 day ago


CORRECT
upvoted 2 times

  Hangman_T 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AB
correct
upvoted 3 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AB
Correct
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Correct, A, B
upvoted 3 times

  IxIsa 2 months ago


In my oppinion, is A, D.
Not C because groupping by Ad_id increases the data model size and is not required.
upvoted 1 times
  zerone72 2 months ago
A-B is the correct answer. Grouping in power query reduces the number of rows in the impression table that is gonna be loaded in the model.
Creating relationships doesn't increase the size of the model. Therefore, the answer A-B is correct!
upvoted 5 times

  zerone72 2 months ago


Furthermore, you need relationships in order to group by campaign
upvoted 2 times

  GregFred 2 months, 1 week ago


correct
upvoted 4 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


I agree too.
upvoted 4 times
Question #27 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You are creating a Microsoft Power BI data model that has the tables shown in the following table.

The Products table is related to the ProductCategory table through the ProductCategoryID column. Each product has one product category.
You need to ensure that you can analyze sales by product category.
How should you configure the relationship from ProductCategory to Products? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: One-to-many -
The one-to-many and many-to-one cardinality options are essentially the same, and they're also the most common cardinality types.
Incorrect: A many-to-many relationship means both columns can contain duplicate values. This cardinality type is infrequently used. It's
typically useful when designing complex model requirements. You can use it to relate many-to-many facts or to relate higher grain facts. For
example, when sales target facts are stored at product category level and the product dimension table is stored at product level.
Box 2: Single -
Incorrect:
Bear in mind that bi-directional relationships can impact negatively on performance. Further, attempting to configure a bi-directional
relationship could result in ambiguous filter propagation paths. In this case, Power BI Desktop may fail to commit the relationship change and
will alert you with an error message.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand

  mindstemall Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Silly comments here. One-to-many because several products have the same product category. Single because the performance is much better
and the assignment states only that you need to be able to analyze sales by product category.
upvoted 20 times

  learnazureportal 1 month ago


Your answer is correct. however, we don't choose single, b/c it has better performance. b/c data flows from product to ProductCategory. This
is the reason, we choose single.
upvoted 2 times

  HamzaMJ Highly Voted  2 weeks, 6 days ago


1 - One to many because every product category has many products
2 - Both because we need to analyze sales by product category
upvoted 5 times

  scotchtapebunny 2 weeks, 1 day ago


you want to analyse SALE BY PRODUCT CATEGORY, you need cross filter direction single to make this work. If you do both that means you
want to analyze PRODUCT CATEGORY by SALE. This doesn't make sense so there is no need for both. You're going downstream from
product category to sales not the other way around.

This is what I think but I'd be thankful if someone can help me if I am wrong.
upvoted 4 times

  Booster21 1 week, 3 days ago


I totally agree what you said that "If you do both that means you want to analyze PRODUCT CATEGORY by SALE.", otherwise single can
do the trick. I was confused when to use BOTH earlier.
upvoted 1 times

  KobeData 2 weeks, 1 day ago


Yu always filter from the one side, which in this case, is the productCategory. So one to many - single means filtering from one to the many
side, which is correct. So it should be single. Hope this helps.
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels Most Recent  6 days, 8 hours ago


I think we should forget that the cardinality is from ProductCategory to Products.
It is one to many, single.

One to many make sure that each product has one product catégories. 2 product can have the same product cat
upvoted 1 times

  wzwd 1 month, 1 week ago


I cannot imagine that there are so many people who want to pass this exam even not knowing the correct answer of this question.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Tested, one-to-one and cross filter direction 'both' works
upvoted 2 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand

Bear in mind that bi-directional relationships can impact negatively on performance.


upvoted 1 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


It may but may come up with the wrong answer and has speed implications.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 5 days ago


I agree, my answer is incorrect. I believe now it is one-to-many and single filter direction
upvoted 1 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 month, 4 weeks ago


'Each product has one product category' should be one-to-one?
upvoted 1 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Each product only has one category but each category can have multiple products, hence why one to many.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Couldnt it also be one-to-one relationship because each product has one product category?
and also if there is a one-to-one matching relationship between the tables then cross filter direction of 'both' would also be alright wouldnt it?
upvoted 1 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Each product only has one category but each category can have multiple products, hence why one to many.
upvoted 1 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


No. Many products can share one category. Eg Category = Cars. Product = Ford, Honda, BMW
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 5 days ago


I agree with Neville and revoke my earlier answer after re-reading the question properly. I know agree that the answer is one-to-many and
single filter direction.
upvoted 1 times
Question #28 Topic 2

You import a Power BI dataset that contains the following tables:


✑ Date
✑ Product
✑ Product Inventory
The Product Inventory table contains 25 million rows. A sample of the data is shown in the following table.

The Product Inventory table relates to the Date table by using the DateKey column. The Product Inventory table relates to the Product table by
using the
ProductKey column.
You need to reduce the size of the data model without losing information.
What should you do?

A. Change Summarization for DateKey to Don't Summarize.

B. Remove the relationship between Date and Product Inventory

C. Change the data type of UnitCost to Integer.

D. Remove MovementDate.

Correct Answer: A
The DateKey and MovementDate columns have the same information. Movementdate can be removed.
Incorrect:
Not C: Integer data type would lose data.

Community vote distribution


D (98%)

  ElijahSu Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D is right
upvoted 17 times

  Jukibabu Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago


looks like a typo - D is good as explained below
upvoted 10 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  3 days, 8 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
The DateKey and MovementDate columns have the same information. Movementdate can be removed.
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels 6 days, 8 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
Correct Answer: A 🗳️
The DateKey and MovementDate columns have the same information. Movementdate can be removed.
Incorrect:
Not C: Integer data type would lose data.
upvoted 1 times

  musicalhacker 6 days, 13 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
Because You need to reduce the size of the data model without losing information.
upvoted 1 times

  mlehu 2 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: D
D is the right answer
upvoted 2 times
  susunz 1 month ago
Selected Answer: D
D is right
upvoted 2 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


D, because the best way to reduce the data model size is to remove the unnecessary column.
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Without doubt D. It does say without losing data, but it also says reduce size of the model. If you remove the movementdate, you still have that
information in the date table
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Popsyy 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D is right
upvoted 2 times

  NGenov 1 month, 3 weeks ago


It says "Without losing information". Nobody said datekey and movement date contain same information. A maybe could be correct.
upvoted 1 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


you wont lose information. the date information is contained in the date table. D is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


D
The explanation is correct though
upvoted 2 times

  IxIsa 2 months ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Manzy2599 2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


D is the right answer as it says to reduce the model size plus option A is not suitable because changing the summarize option to "Not
summarize" will not affect the size of the model.
upvoted 5 times
Question #29 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You are enhancing a Power BI model that has DAX calculations.
You need to create a measure that returns the year-to-date total sales from the same date of the previous calendar year.
Which DAX functions should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -
Example:
Total sales on the last selected date =
CALCULATE (
SUM ( Sales[Sales Amount] ),
'Sales'[OrderDateKey] = MAX ( 'Sales'[OrderDateKey] )
)

Box 2: SUM -

Box 3: SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR -
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR returns a set of dates in the current selection from the previous year.
Example:
-- SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR returns the selected period shifted back one year.

EVALUATE -
VAR StartDate = DATE ( 2008, 07, 25 )
VAR EndDate = DATE ( 2008, 07, 31 )

RETURN -
CALCULATETABLE (
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR ( 'Date'[Date] ),
'Date'[Date] >= StartDate &&
'Date'[Date] <= EndDate
)
ORDER BY [Date]
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax
https://dax.guide/sameperiodlastyear/
  Muffinshow Highly Voted  3 months ago
Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween
upvoted 39 times

  alena2k Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween

Suggested SamePeriodLastYear expects only 1 parameter: column containing dates


upvoted 17 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


Good explanation
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days, 23 hours ago


Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween

This is due to the expected parameters. DatesBetween expects two parameters as per the exhibit, SamePeriodLastYear expects one parameter
(but two are used in the exhibit)
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween
Because SamePeriodLastYear takes only one argument, while DatesBetween syntax is:
DATESBETWEEN(<Dates>, <StartDate>, <EndDate>)
upvoted 2 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


The correct answer :
Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween
upvoted 4 times

  IxIsa 2 months ago


Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween

Not Sameperiodlast year because the dates are already computed in the variables startyear and enddate
upvoted 6 times

  nucleus21 2 months, 1 week ago


2 parameters needed for dates between
upvoted 4 times

  Muhammad786 1 month, 1 week ago


You're wrong.
https://dax.guide/datesbetween/
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Datesbetween needs 3 parameters
upvoted 3 times
Question #30 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power BI. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server table named Order that has more than
100 million records.
During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the Order table.
Solution: You add a report-level filter that filters based on the order date.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
You want the raw data, not a report with the data.
Instead add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/native-database-query

Community vote distribution


B (91%) 9%

  Mizaan Highly Voted  2 months ago


Selected Answer: B
It says "you want to import sample data". If you are filter at a chart level, you have already imported the data, so the answer is no
upvoted 10 times

  Homer_Jay Most Recent  3 weeks, 2 days ago


Selected Answer: A
You can limit the imported data to a sample size by using WHERE
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 4 weeks ago


It could be Yes. Filtering on a date range would provide sample data. It also would use query folding so it wouldnt import the entire table rows
upvoted 1 times

  Tiz88 3 weeks, 2 days ago


There can't be any query folding at report-level. Query folding happens only in the Power Query engine
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 4 days, 23 hours ago


Well explained, I stand corrected, thank you
upvoted 1 times
Question #31 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following
date foreign keys:
✑ Due Date
✑ Order Date
✑ Delivery Date
You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys.
Solution: For each date foreign key, you add inactive relationships between the sales table and the date table.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
Instead: Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery
Date as calculated tables.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution


B (86%) 14%

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Should be Yes. You later use a USERELATIONSHIP() to calculate different measures
upvoted 15 times

  shakes103 4 weeks ago


Lifted from documentation: "By default, active relationships propagate filters to other tables. Inactive relationship, however, only propagate
filters when a DAX expression activates (uses) the relationship". Going by this, NO is the answer.
upvoted 3 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


I believe the correct answer is NO. I think you are jumping the gun. Yes, you can use USERELATIONSHIP() later and yes you will need to add
inactive relationships in order to make use of USERELATIONSHIP() ....BUT.... Right now! Does the solution offered in the question, at this point
in time, provide the SOLUTION???? NO!!! it doesn't because the solution offered as it stands is incomplete.
upvoted 13 times

  lukelin08 4 days, 23 hours ago


I agree with Neville
upvoted 1 times

  Tiz88 3 weeks, 2 days ago


@NevilleV: fully agree. Just setting up the 3 inactive relationships alone do NOTsolve the problem. We should not overthink the questions.
upvoted 4 times

  sidyndiaye Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


You can use USERELATIONSHIPS() after with the YES
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
B. No is correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: B
The answer should be NO.
You can reference an inactive relationship whit DAX function USERELATIONSHIP(), but using DAX is not mentioned here.
So follow this refactory methodology:
Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a calculated
table. If it's a DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive
upvoted 3 times
  Booster21 2 weeks, 2 days ago
Selected Answer: B
The answer is NO.
upvoted 2 times

  Hangman_T 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
USERELATIONSHIP() filter after
upvoted 1 times
Question #32 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following
date foreign keys:
✑ Due Date
✑ Order Date
✑ Delivery Date
You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys.
Solution: From Power Query Editor, you rename the date query as Due Date. You reference the Due Date query twice to make the queries for Order
Date and
Delivery Date.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
Instead: Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery
Date as calculated tables.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution


A (57%) B (43%)

  legionairemax Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


The answer is correct. However, I believe the alternate solution given is wrong. I would say that 3 relationships for each date respectively would
be made from the Date table to the Sales table. One being active and the other two inactive. Thus, allowing to filter by a specific date column

The solution suggested is not required, as the report does not require any output that involves all 3 dates. It requires only sales over one date
column at a time. Moreover, being date tables, they can significantly increase the size of the model (considering that the table is sales related).
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
B. No is correct answer given
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


I think it is a little ambiguous.
You should follow this refactory methodology:
Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a calculated
table. If it's a DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.

This question is about an IMPORT table. So the use of a calculated table is recommended. That said, I think that duplicating the Power Query
query also works for an IMPORT table. Using a calculated table for IMPORT is just a recommendation.

Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 3 weeks, 5 days ago


Selected Answer: B
The given answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  learnazureportal 1 month ago


The provided answer is correct.
upvoted 4 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Creating two additional tables in Power Query can be a possible solution:

Remove any inactive relationships.

Consider renaming the role-playing dimension-type table to better describe its role. In the example, the Airport table is related to the
ArrivalAirport column of the Flight table, so it's renamed as Arrival Airport.

Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a calculated
table. If it's a DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.

In the example, the Departure Airport table was created by using the following calculated table definition.
upvoted 4 times

  Mirjalol 3 weeks, 5 days ago


Stop misleading everyone.
upvoted 3 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


No way! If that works, its way too complicated and a burden on performance. the answer is No
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 4 days, 23 hours ago


Again Neville comes to the rescue and makes some sense in here
upvoted 1 times
Question #33 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following
date foreign keys:
✑ Due Date
✑ Order Date
✑ Delivery Date
You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys.
Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery Date as
calculated tables.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A
Refactoring methodology -
Here's a methodology to refactor a model from a single role-playing dimension-type table, to a design with one table per role.
1. Remove any inactive relationships.
2. Consider renaming the role-playing dimension-type table to better describe its role. In the example (not present here), the Airport table is
related to the
ArrivalAirport column of the Flight table, so it's renamed as Arrival Airport.
3. Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a
calculated table. If it's a
DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.
In the example, the Departure Airport table was created by using the following calculated table definition.
Departure Airport = 'Arrival Airport'
Create an active relationship to relate the new table.
4. Consider renaming the columns in the tables so they accurately reflect their role. In the example, all columns are prefixed with the word
Departure or Arrival.
These names ensure report visuals, by default, will have self-describing and non-ambiguous labels. It also improves the Q&A experience,
allowing users to easily write their questions.
5. Consider adding descriptions to role-playing tables. (In the Fields pane, a description appears in a tooltip when a report author hovers their
cursor over the table.) This way, you can communicate any additional filter propagation details to your report authors.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
Yes, that will meet the goal. It will increase the model size, but that was not the question.
upvoted 8 times

  CHT1988 3 weeks, 4 days ago


I agree with you.
The model size is not mentioned in the question, so it would meet the goal.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: A
Definitely YES
You should follow this refactory methodology:
Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a calculated
table. If it's a DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.
This question is about an IMPORT table. So the use of a calculated table is recommended.

Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive
upvoted 1 times
  poujor 1 month ago
NO is the Answer. To be able to create the calculations you need the Relationships. They are NOT stated in this suggestion.
upvoted 4 times

  Tiz88 3 weeks, 2 days ago


These type of questions are not really clear. But agreed, you clearly need relationships. What if you have "autodetect relationship" option
active?
upvoted 1 times
Question #34 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -
You receive revenue data that must be included in Microsoft Power BI reports.
You preview the data from a Microsoft Excel source in Power Query as shown in the following exhibit.

You plan to create several visuals from the data, including a visual that shows revenue split by year and product.
You need to transform the data to ensure that you can build the visuals. The solution must ensure that the columns are named appropriately for
the data that they contain.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Columns


The Unpivot Other Columns command unpivots unselected columns. Use this command in a query when not all columns are known. New
columns added during a refresh operation are also unpivoted.
Note: Unpivot columns: In Power Query, you can transform columns into attribute-value pairs, where columns become rows.

Step 2: Rename the Attribue column to Year and the Value Column to Revenue
Need to do this after the unpivot.
Power Query will always create the attribute-value pair by using two columns:
Attribute: The name of the column headings that were unpivoted.
Value: The values that were underneath each of the unpivoted column headings.
Step 3: Select Use the First Row as Headers
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/unpivot-column

  ajlanemed Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago


here is the sequence : 2-3-4
upvoted 50 times

  olajor 2 months, 3 weeks ago


this is correct
upvoted 5 times

  j0gam0d Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Select Use First Row as Headers
Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 38 times

  Analysis Most Recent  4 days, 13 hours ago


2-3-4 is the correct sequence
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels 2 weeks, 1 day ago


IT SHOULD BE 2-3-4
upvoted 2 times

  velvarga 4 weeks, 1 day ago


IT SHOULD BE 2-3-4
upvoted 2 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


The correct answer :
2-Select Use First Row as Headers
3-Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
6- Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 5 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 3 weeks ago


1 Select Use First Row as Headers
2 Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
3 Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 3 times

  j0gam0d 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Select Use First Row as Headers
Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
Rename the Attribute column to Revenue and the Value column to Year
upvoted 3 times

  j0gam0d 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 2 times

  saurinkhamar 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Rename Attribute to Year and Value to revenue
upvoted 1 times

  ThariCD 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Given answer is incorrect, it should be:
1. Use First Row as Headers, that will give you the headers Department, Product, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019.
2. Select Department and Product and unpivot other columns, that will give you the columns Department, Product, Attribute (the Years) and Value
(the Revenues)
3. Rename the Attribute column to Year and the Value column to Revenues
upvoted 9 times

  lukelin08 4 days, 23 hours ago


This is the way
upvoted 1 times

  NevilleV 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Thanks for the detailed explanation.
upvoted 2 times

  NAWRESS96 2 months, 3 weeks ago


i think it's
3-2-4
upvoted 1 times
Question #35 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You have a Power BI report named Orders that supports the following analysis:
✑ Total sales over time
✑ The count of orders over time
✑ New and repeat customer counts
The data model size is nearing the limit for a dataset in shared capacity.
The model view for the dataset is shown in the following exhibit.

The data view for the Orders table is shown in the following exhibit.

The Orders table relates to the Customers table by using the CustomerID column.
The Orders table relates to the Date table by using the OrderDate column.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true, Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: No -
Would not support total sales over time.

Box 2: No -
Would not support new and repeat customer counts
Box 3: Yes

  Fer079 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


My answer is
NO
NO
YES
Summarizing Orders by CustomerID, OrderId and OrderDate means to group by CustomerID, OrderId and OrderDate and to aggregate the rest of
the fields, however the OrderId has unique values so the aggregation will have the same number of rows as the original table
upvoted 29 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Given the sample data, it does look like orderid is unque so the aggregation would not work. However, you would hope that you can order
multiple items on an order and therefore orderid is not unique and is a fact table. Bad question.
upvoted 3 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Yes No Yes
Removing unnecessary columns already help reduce the model size. We don't know for sure if other order ids have more than one product..
upvoted 2 times

  GregFred 2 months, 1 week ago


Yes, No, Yes,. It should be yes in 1. becasue the Orders table can contain the same Order Date, Order ID and Customer ID but many product
ID and this is stil the same order so gruping reduce a size of data
upvoted 5 times

  Fer079 2 months, 1 week ago


if you see the table, the order ID is unique, so you are not going to have the same Order ID more than twice. For example, you will see that
for the customer TORTU has 3 different products (18, 63, 75) under the same order because the OrderDate is exactly the same so we have
to think it´s the same order, however the OrderID is sequential (unique).
So NO, NO, YES
upvoted 5 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire Most Recent  1 week ago


Box1: Yes
The summarizing data will remove Product information which is not required for this analysis. We should not infer from the sample data that
OrderId is the primary key for few reasons. 1) the Order table is a common table that is used by Microsoft in learning materials, and the table
usually has a surrogate key as the primary key. 2) Order ID can be printed on the invoice, and it is not a surrogate key. BTW, the Customer ID is
not a surrogate key as well. 3) An order usually consists of multiple products. 4) The Product Id is unique in the sample data as well, and we
won't infer that we must create an order for a separate product.

Box 2: No
Customer ID is required for new and returned customer analysis

Box3: Yes
Product information is not required for analysis.

Note: if the first analysis requirement changes from "Total sales over time" to "Total sales over time for products", we will have a different
question to deal with
upvoted 1 times
  AzureJobsTillRetire 1 week ago
Please also refer to Question 38 in Topic 2 on how a more completed Sales Order table would look like. In that question the OrderID is called
SalesOrderNumber and the surrogate key is the ID column. Please note that those two columns are separated
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


YES
NO
YES
1=YES, because it is perfectly possible to summarize Orders on OrderID, CustomerID and OrderDate and still realize this requirements:
✑ Total sales over time
✑ The count of orders over time
✑ New and repeat customer counts
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 4 days ago


I changed my mind:
NO
NO
YES

I agree with the reasoning of Fer079 above.


upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


The trick is here: "New and repeat customer counts"
So, it's
no, no and yes.
upvoted 2 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


NO
NO
YES
upvoted 3 times

  saurinkhamar 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Summarizing Customer ID and OrderDate together will not achieve reducing no. of rows saying, Same customer may not order multiple times
same date.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


NO
NO
YES
upvoted 2 times

  nucleus21 2 months, 1 week ago


no / no / yes.
If you summarize by order id that is unique for every row it will irritate in the same level per row so its useless step perfomance-wise
upvoted 2 times

  blito123 2 months, 1 week ago


NO
NO
YES
is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Yes
No
Yes
upvoted 4 times

  rashjan 2 months, 1 week ago


you can not summarize the OrderDate I think.
upvoted 1 times
Question #36 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You are building a financial report by using Power BI.
You have a table named financials that contains a column named Date and a column named Sales.
You need to create a measure that calculates the relative change in sales as compared to the previous quarter.
How should you complete the measure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -
Calculate the sum.

Box 2: DATEADD -
DATEADD -1 QUARTER will give the previous month.

Box 3: DIVIDE -
Use DIVIDE to get the relative change.

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


1. Calculate
2. Dateadd
3. Divide
upvoted 26 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Calculate
Dateadd
Divide
upvoted 6 times

  jboiret Most Recent  2 days, 6 hours ago


CALCULATE, DATEADD, DIVIDE
upvoted 1 times
Question #37 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -
You are creating a Power BI model and report.
You have a single table in a data model named Product. Product contains the following fields:
✑ ID
✑ Name
✑ Color
✑ Category
✑ Total Sales
You need to create a calculated table that shows only the top eight products based on the highest value in Total Sales.
How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets. Each value may be used once, more
than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: TOPN -
TOPN returns the top N rows of the specified table.
Syntax: TOPN(<n_value>, <table>, <orderBy_expression>, [<order>[, <orderBy_expression>, [<order>]]‫ג‬€¦])

Box 2: DESC -
Descending order to get the highest values first.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/topn-function-dax

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


TOPN & DESC
upvoted 22 times

  gtc108 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


TOPN, DESC
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days, 23 hours ago


Answer is TOPN & DES
upvoted 1 times

Question #38 Topic 2

You are creating a sales report in Power BI for the NorthWest region sales territory of your company. Data will come from a view in a Microsoft
SQL Server database. A sample of the data is shown in the following table:

The report will facilitate the following analysis:


✑ The count of orders and the sum of total sales by Order Date
✑ The count of customers who placed an order
✑ The average quantity per order
You need to reduce data refresh times and report query times.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Set the data type for SalesOrderNumber to Decimal Number.

B. Remove the CustomerKey and ProductKey columns.

C. Remove the TaxAmt and Freight columns.

D. Filter the data to only the NorthWest region sales territory.

Correct Answer: CD
C: Remove columns that are not used in the report.
D: Reduce the number of rows.
Incorrect:
Not A: Not possible.
Not B: Need CustomerKey to count of customers who placed an order

Community vote distribution


CD (100%)

  NAWRESS96 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: CD
Correct Answer
upvoted 13 times

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: CD
c & D is correct
upvoted 5 times

  Luisao Most Recent  18 hours, 1 minute ago


Correct. It is "C" and "D"
upvoted 1 times

  JukMar 4 weeks, 1 day ago


C and D are correct
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: CD
Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #39 Topic 2

You are creating a Power BI model that contains a table named Store. Store contains the following fields.

You plan to create a map visual that will show store locations and provide the ability to drill down from Country to State/Province to City.
What should you do to ensure that the locations are mapped properly?

A. Change the data type of City, State/Province, and Country.

B. Set Summarization for City, State/Province, and Country to Don't summarize.

C. Set the data category of City, State/Province, and Country.

D. Create a calculated column that concatenates the values in City, State/Province, and Country.

Correct Answer: C
A hierarchy is a set of fields categorized in a hierarchical way that one level is the parent of another level. Values of the parent level can be
drilled down to the lower level.

Create Hierarchy -
Right-click on the field you want to set as level 1 of the hierarchy in the fields list, and then select Create Hierarchy.

After that, you will see a new hierarchy created named your field name ‫ג‬€Category‫ג‬€ plus the word ‫ג‬€Hierarchy‫ג‬€. This would have a hierarchy
icon beside it and also an option to expand to the fields of the hierarchy. If you expand, you will see a copy of the Category field in there too.

Etc.
Reference:
https://radacad.com/what-a-power-bi-hierarchy-is-and-how-to-use-it

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Answer is correct
upvoted 5 times
  NAWRESS96 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago
Selected Answer: C
yes we need to Create Hierarchy
upvoted 5 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: C
Answer is C. I only don't agree with the Hierarchy solution that is given in the answer.
Data categorization is something else: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-data-categorization
upvoted 2 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Change the data category from "Text" to "Country", "State", "City" will work.
See Source:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rvlv80WmTgc
upvoted 4 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct, but we can create a 'pseudo' hierarchy on a visual
upvoted 4 times
Question #40 Topic 2

You are building a data model for a Power BI report.


You have data formatted as shown in the following table.

You need to create a clustered bar chart as shown in the following exhibit.

What should you do?

A. From Power Query Editor, split the Machine-User column by using a delimiter.

B. From Power Query Editor, create a column that contains the last three digits of the Machine-User column.

C. In a DAX function, create two calculated columns named Machine and User by using the SUBSTITUTE function.

D. In a DAX function, create two measures named Machine and User by using the SUBSTITUTE function.

Correct Answer: A
Split a column of text (Power Query)
You can split a column with a text data type into two or more columns by using a common delimiter character. For example, a Name column
that contains values written as <LastName>, <FirstName> can be split into two columns using the comma (,) character.
Note: Power Query is an Extract Transform Load (ETL) tool. It allows us to
Download and fetch data from different sources. We call this data ingestion
Combine, clean, and model this data. We call this data wrangling
Reference:
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/split-a-column-of-text-power-query-5282d425-6dd0-46ca-95bf-8e0da9539662

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Answer A
upvoted 18 times

  jboiret Most Recent  2 days, 6 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
Answer A
upvoted 1 times

  Homer_Jay 3 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: A
Answer A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  samad1234 1 month, 2 weeks ago


A is correct
upvoted 3 times
  mahtab 1 month, 3 weeks ago
Answer A
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Answer given is correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #41 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -
You need create a date table in Power BI that must contain 10 full calendar years, including the current year.
How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: YEAR -
Get the current year.

Box 2: TODAY -
TODAY returns the current date.

Box 3: CALENDAR -
CALENDAR returns a table with a single column named ‫ג‬€Date‫ג‬€ containing a contiguous set of dates. The range of dates is from the specified
start date to the specified end date, inclusive of those two dates.
The following formula returns a table with dates between January 1st, 2005 and December 31st, 2015.
CALENDAR (
DATE ( 2005, 1, 1 ),
DATE ( 2015, 12, 31 )
Reference:
https://dax.guide/calendar/
  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago
Year
Today
Calendar
upvoted 13 times

  mahtab Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Correct :
Year
Today
Calendar
upvoted 5 times

  samad1234 Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago


The answer is correct
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Answer is correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #42 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following
date foreign keys:
✑ Due Date
✑ Order Date
✑ Delivery Date
You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys.
Solution: You create measures that use the USERELATIONSHIP DAX function to filter sales on the active relationship between the sales table and
the date table.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
Instead: Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery
Date as calculated tables.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
You can't use USERELATIONSHIP() to filter on an active relationship, but need additional innactive relationships
upvoted 8 times

  Grexx 2 months ago


https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/userelationship-function-dax

"In USERELATIONSHIP, the status of a relationship is not important; that is, whether the relationship is active or not does not affect the usage
of the function. Even if the relationship is inactive, it will be used and overrides any other active relationships that might be present in the
model but not mentioned in the function arguments."
upvoted 6 times

  legionairemax Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


The solution I believe is incorrect. The solution must be A as there is no reporting need to use all 3 dates simultaneously.
upvoted 5 times

  sharmila29 2 days, 5 hours ago


I was thinking the same but then if you read the options again, it says create measure on active relationship. So the answer is A is wrong , we
don't create userelationship function on active relationship. No need.
upvoted 1 times

  Dovoto 1 month, 3 weeks ago


"You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys." We need all 3 dates right?
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: B
Actually the DAX USERELATIONSHIP() function could offer a solution, but not how it is stated as an option: "You create measures that use the
USERELATIONSHIP DAX function to filter sales on the ACTIVE relationship between the sales table and the date table."

Because the report must be filtered on all 3 dates, the ACTIVE (1) AND INACTIVE (2) relationships should be used with function
USERELATIONSHIP, not only the ACTIVE relationship.
upvoted 2 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


After all, Yes you will use USERELATIONSHIP
BUT, not like as provided... It will be used to activate the inactive relationships as needed
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 3 days ago


It can be used for active and inactive relationships:
"In USERELATIONSHIP, the status of a relationship is not important; that is, whether the relationship is active or not does not affect the usage
of the function. Even if the relationship is inactive, it will be used and overrides any other active relationships that might be present in the
model but not mentioned in the function arguments."
upvoted 1 times

  amavidis 2 months ago


I think it's correct, USERELATIONSHIP() on active relationships will only use one of them.
upvoted 1 times
Question #43 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -
You have a Power BI report that contains a measure named Total Sales.
You need to create a new measure that will return the sum of Total Sales for a year up to a selected date.
How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: TOTALYTD -
TOTALYTD evaluates the specified expression over the interval which begins on the first day of the year and ends with the last date in the
specified date column after applying specified filters.
Syntax: TOTALYTD (
<Expression>,
<Dates>
[, <Filter>]
[, <YearEndDate>]
Expression - The expression to be evaluated.
Dates - The name of a column containing dates or a one column table containing dates.
Example:
TOTALYTD ( -- 2007-01-01 : 2007-05-12
[Sales Amount],
'Date'[Date]
Box 2: 'Date'[Date]
Reference:
https://dax.guide/totalytd/

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Answer is correct
upvoted 15 times

  Orkhannnn Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago


Answer is correct.
upvoted 4 times
Question #44 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -
You are modifying a Power BI model by using Power BI Desktop.
You have a table named Sales that contains the following fields.

You have a table named Transaction Size that contains the following data.

You need to create a calculated column to classify each transaction as small, medium, or large based on the value in Sales Amount.
How should you complete the code? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets. Each value may be used once, more than once,
or not at all.
You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -
CALCULATE evaluates an expression in a modified filter context.
Syntax: CALCULATE(<expression>[, <filter1> [, <filter2> [, ‫ג‬€¦]]])
The expression used as the first parameter is essentially the same as a measure.
Filters can be:

Boolean filter expressions -

Table filter expressions -

Filter modification functions -

Table filter expression -


A table expression filter applies a table object as a filter. It could be a reference to a model table, but more likely it's a function that returns a
table object. You can use the FILTER function to apply complex filter conditions, including those that cannot be defined by a Boolean filter
expression.

Box 2: AND -

Box 3: FILTER -
FILTER returns a table that represents a subset of another table or expression.
Syntax: FILTER(<table>,<filter>)
Note: DISTINCT returns a one-column table that contains the distinct values from the specified column. In other words, duplicate values are
removed and only unique values are returned.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/filter-function-dax

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Filter
And
Calculate
upvoted 47 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


I agree. You must provide an expression into calculate, not table column
upvoted 1 times

  GPerez73 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Correct! tested.
upvoted 3 times
  Ry7anZZ 1 month, 4 weeks ago
how to test ? i did not find a right answer..
upvoted 2 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Hi, you can create the two tables in Excel, then try different options. I have never used "Calculate" with a categorical field before and
this is a good learning experience.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Highly Voted 
Tested, following is correct
>Filter
>And
>Calculate
upvoted 7 times

  sharmila29 Most Recent  2 days, 5 hours ago


I would just go with an if statement with those values for large, med and small after connecting with the transactid. Thats very simple and much
easier for me.
upvoted 1 times

  sharmila29 2 days, 5 hours ago


I am not sure about this. I wish they ask us to write the function instead of dragging in this case. Too complex for me.
upvoted 1 times

  velvarga 4 weeks ago


Filter
And
Calculate
upvoted 3 times

  sebasaur 4 weeks ago


filter
and
calculate!
upvoted 2 times

  samad1234 1 month, 1 week ago


Filter
And
Calculate
upvoted 3 times

  Vhhzhang 1 month, 4 weeks ago


ar SalesTotal=Sales[Sales]
var FilterSegment=
FILTER(
OrderSize,
and(
OrderSize[Min]<=SalesTotal,
OrderSize[Max]>=SalesTotal
)
)
VAR RESULT =
CALCULATE(DISTINCT(OrderSize[Transaction Size]),FilterSegment)

RETURN
RESULT
I created random sales table and used above to test, it came up "large" for all the sales which is incorrect. Anyone knows why? Thanks.
upvoted 2 times

  Tiz88 3 weeks ago


@Vhhzhang: kindly check that:
1)the numbers in your 'Sales' column do not fall indeed in the 'large' category
2) the numbers in your 'min' and 'max' columns are correct
upvoted 1 times

  Sunny_008 2 months ago


FILTER | AND | CALCULATE

I have tried it !
upvoted 2 times

  nucleus21 2 months, 1 week ago


FILTER / AND / CALCULATE
Tested.
FILTER needs to followed by table reference ,
AND is needed to check the limits , and
CALCULATE because needs to be followed by expression such as distinct in this case
upvoted 2 times

  refrigerator1 2 months ago


But DISTINCT(column) gives a column not an expression, doesn't it? So can the last one really be CALCULATE?
upvoted 1 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 4 weeks ago


I thought the same thing, and I tested in Excel and Power BI, and "Calculate" works.
upvoted 1 times

  refrigerator1 2 months ago


Therefore I think its
FILTER
AND
ALL
upvoted 2 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 2 months, 1 week ago


How about Calculate, Filter, ALL
upvoted 2 times
Question #45 Topic 2

You have a Power BI report for the procurement department. The report contains data from the following tables.

There is a one-to-many relationship from Suppliers to LineItems that uses the ID and Supplier ID columns.
The report contains the visuals shown in the following table.

You need to minimize the size of the dataset without affecting the visuals.
What should you do?

A. Merge Suppliers and LineItems.

B. Remove the LineItems[Description] column.

C. Remove the rows from LineItems where LineItems[Invoice Date] is before the beginning of last month.

D. Group LineItems by LineItems[Invoice ID] and LineItems[Invoice Date] with a sum of LineItems[Price].

Correct Answer: B
Remove a column that is not used in the visuals reduces the size of the dataset.
Incorrect:
Not A: Merging the tables would increase the dataset.
Not C: Two of the visuals need historical data.
Not D: Grouping would not affect size.

Community vote distribution


B (92%) 8%

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 7 times

  sidyndiaye Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Agree. the correcte answer is B. If you choose C you will loose the Supplier ID and it is used in the report.
upvoted 5 times
  scotchtapebunny Most Recent  1 week, 6 days ago
Questions like these scare me. Huge description, and such a simple answer, makes me think if there is a trick here. Why Microsoft why!?
upvoted 2 times

  alena2k 2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Option D will lose LineItem.Id therefore link to Supplier, correct answer is B
upvoted 4 times

  surfing_man 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Grouping may minimize size, but I think the correct answer is B. Removing column would reduce size
upvoted 4 times

  David_Zed 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Answer D: Group LineItems by LineItems[Invoice ID] and LineItems[Invoice Date] with a sum of LineItems[Price]
Because we don't need more information in Lineitems but these 3 columns, The Group By function will delete all other columns wich are not
required for analysis
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


We do need a [Supplier ID], so the answer should be B
upvoted 7 times
Question #46 Topic 2

You have a Power BI report for the marketing department. The report reports on web traffic to a blog and contains data from the following tables.

There is a one-to-many relationship from Posts to Traffic that uses the URL and URL Visited columns.
The report contains the visuals shown in the following table.

The dataset takes a long time to refresh.


You need to modify Posts and Traffic queries to reduce load times.
Which two actions will reduce the load times? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE:
Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Remove the rows in Posts in which Posts[Publish Date] is in the last seven days.

B. Remove the rows in Traffic in which Traffic[URL Visited] does not contain ‫ג‬€blog‫ג‬€.

C. Remove Traffic[IP Address], Traffic[Browser Agent], and Traffic[Referring URL].

D. Remove Posts[Full Text] and Posts[Summary].

E. Remove the rows in Traffic in which Traffic[Referring URL] does not start with ‫ג‬/€‫ג‬€.

Correct Answer: BD
B: Only blog posts rows are useful for the visuals.
D: These two columns are not used in the visuals and can be removed.
Incorrect:
Not A: Three visuals need historical data.
Not C: Traffic[Referring URL] is used in one of the visuals and therefore cannot be removed.
Not E: These rows are used in 3 visuals.

Community vote distribution


BD (100%)

  June15 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


D&E? Anyone have the same thoughts?
upvoted 7 times

  andregrahamnz 2 weeks, 3 days ago


Must be....presume the whacko characters are the same filtered '/' character. A, B and C all definitely don't work.
upvoted 1 times

  janeyguo Most Recent  5 days ago


I think it shoule be A and D
In post table we only need url and title.
upvoted 1 times

  evipap 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: BD
If we choose D, then if there is a Traffic[Referring URL] = "/blog" this URL will not appear in the 3rd visual because we will have removed it. So D
is WRONG.
upvoted 1 times

  velvarga 4 weeks ago


B and D
upvoted 3 times

  Rahnix 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: BD
It's B and D.

D is already agreed upon in the comments before mine.

B is explicitly filtered in the last two visuals, and implicitly filtered in the first two visuals because the columns used in the first two include
post[title], which would eliminate any URLs that do not include "blog".
upvoted 4 times

  Hangman_T 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: BD
CORRECT ANSWER
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


I believe its D and E
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 4 days, 4 hours ago


Changed my mind. I believe given answer is correct. B & D
upvoted 1 times

  Ryanmumu 1 month, 3 weeks ago


look at the question carefully. last row is AND relationship, how can you just remove URL and ignore the other condition?
upvoted 1 times

  Elkdomina 1 month, 3 weeks ago


B Y D . En ambos casos la información no se usa en los visuales . En D , las columnas no se usan . En B , las filas que no tiene "Blog" no se
usan . Considerar que la Tabla Traffic es un historial de URL visitadas , NO necesariamente todos los URL son Blogs . Respecto al primer visual ,
la Tabla Post , a través de su conexión ,esta filtrando las filas de la Tabla Traffic . Mostrando solo las coincidencias .
upvoted 3 times

  Sunny_008 2 months ago


I think we have only one correct option i.e. D
upvoted 1 times

  zagiel 2 months, 1 week ago


I think that correct answers are D and B. Because we don't need this information. This information don't use in visuals
upvoted 1 times

  zagiel 2 months, 1 week ago


Sorry, A and D*
upvoted 3 times

  milb 1 month, 1 week ago


Definitely not A, first visual is for all time blogposts
upvoted 1 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


D is he only right answer I guess because if we choose option B it would change the visuals and in the question it is not talking about changing
the visual, it is talking about minimizing the load time of dataset.
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


only D is correct
upvoted 2 times
  Guru1337 2 months, 3 weeks ago
B is not correct. The first visual would be changed. The second correct answer seems to be missing
upvoted 4 times

  GPerez73 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Ummm, I think you are right. But even not having a filter, why should change the first visual?
upvoted 1 times
Topic 3 - Question Set 3

Question #1 Topic 3

DRAG DROP -
You have a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet that contains the data shown in the following table.

You plan to build a data model for a Power BI report.


You need to prepare the data so that it is available to the model in the format shown in the following table.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence in Power Query Editor? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to
the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: Select the [Department] and [Stage] columns and unpivot the other columns.
We unpivot the School1, School2, School3, and the School4 columns.
You might want to unpivot data, sometimes called flattening the data, to put it in a matrix format so that all similar values are in one column.
Example:

When you unpivot, you unpack the attribute-value pairs that represent an intersection point of the new columns and re-orient them into flattened
columns:
* Values (in blue on the left) are unpivoted into a new column (in blue on the right).
* Attributes (in green on the left) are unpivoted into a new column (in green on the right) and duplicates are correspondingly mapped to the new
Values column.
Step 2: Rename the [Attribute] column as [School] and the [Value] column as [Score[,
Step 3: Group by [Department] and [School] and..
Reference:
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/unpivot-columns-power-query-0f7bad4b-9ea1-49c1-9d95-f588221c7098

  olajor Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


answer is correct
upvoted 21 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


legit answer
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days, 4 hours ago


Given answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Hongzu13 4 weeks, 1 day ago


I failed my first try and when I read this question during the exam I really didn't understand what I should do. I do now after reading the
comments. Thx community :)
upvoted 3 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


1) Select the [Department] and [Stage] aand Unpivot the other columns.
2) Rename the [Attribute] column as [School] and the [Value] column as [Score].
3) Group by [Department] and [School] and create a new column named [Avg Score] that uses the average function on the [Score] column

Tested here, and it's correct!


upvoted 4 times

  samad1234 1 month, 1 week ago


It's correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #2 Topic 3

You have a report that contains a bar chart and a column chart. The bar chart shows customer count by customer segment. The column chart
shows sales by month.
You need to ensure that when a segment is selected in the bar chart, you see which portion of the total sales for the month belongs to the
customer segment.
How should the visual interactions be set on the column chart when the bar chart is selected?

A. highlight

B. filter

C. no impact

Correct Answer: A
In most visuals, highlighting doesn't remove the unrelated data. Instead it highlights the related data. The rest of the data remains visible but
dimmed.
Note: By default, visualizations on a report page can be used to cross-filter and cross-highlight the other visualizations on the page. For
example, selecting a state on a map visualization highlights the column chart and filters the line chart to display only data that applies to that
one state.
Incorrect:
Not B: Filters remove all but the data you want to focus on.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-reports-filters-and-highlighting

Community vote distribution


A (90%) 10%

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
'A' Highlight is correc
upvoted 10 times

  gtc108 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
The keyword is 'Show a portion of the result.'
upvoted 5 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: A
A: Highlight is excactly what is asked for: You need to ensure that when a segment is selected in the bar chart, you see which portion of the total
sales for the month belongs to the customer segment.
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 3 weeks, 5 days ago


Selected Answer: A
Highlight is the correct answer.
upvoted 3 times

  gtc108 1 month, 1 week ago


A: The keyword here is 'Shows the PORTION' of the result.
upvoted 4 times

  samad1234 1 month, 1 week ago


Highlight
upvoted 2 times

  Hangman_T 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Highlight sorry
upvoted 3 times

  Hangman_T 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
Filter because highlight will still show others but in the background
upvoted 2 times
  Hoeishetmogelijk 1 week, 3 days ago
A: Highlight is excactly what is asked for: You need to ensure that when a segment is selected in the bar chart, you see which portion of the
total sales for the month belongs to the customer segment.
upvoted 1 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


Highlight is the correct answer as when we click on column chart, it will highlight also in br chart.
upvoted 4 times
Question #3 Topic 3

A user creates a Power BI report named ReportA that uses a custom theme.
You create a dashboard named DashboardA.
You need to ensure that DashboardA uses the custom theme. The solution must minimize development effort.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Publish ReportA to Power BI.

B. From ReportA save the current theme.

C. Publish ReportA to the Microsoft Power BI Community theme gallery.

D. From DashboardA, create a custom theme.

E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme.

Correct Answer: AE
A: With Power BI Desktop report themes, you can apply design changes to your entire report, such as using corporate colors, changing icon
sets, or applying new default visual formatting.
When you publish a Power BI Desktop file to the Power BI service, you publish the data in the model to your Power BI workspace. The same is
true for any reports you created in Report view.
To publish a Power BI Desktop dataset and reports
1. In Power BI Desktop, choose File > Publish > Publish to Power BI or select Publish on the ribbon.
Sign in to Power BI, if you aren't already signed in.
2. Select the destination. You can search your list of available workspaces to find the workspace into which you want to publish. The search box
lets you filter your workspaces. Select the workspace, and then click the Select button to publish.

3. Etc.
E: One way to create a custom theme is to upload a JSON file that has settings for all the colors you'd like to use for your dashboard. In Power
BI Desktop, report creators use JSON files to create themes for reports. You can upload these same JSON files for dashboards, or find and
upload JSON files from the Theme gallery page in the Power BI Community.
You can also save your custom theme as a JSON file and then share it with other dashboard creators.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-upload-desktop-files https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-
reports/service-dashboard-themes

Community vote distribution


BE (100%)

  aloulouder Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


It should be :
B. From ReportA save the current theme.
E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme.
upvoted 20 times
  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago
Selected Answer: BE
You need to save the current theme to be able to upload it afterwards
upvoted 9 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: BE
B & E is the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  scotchtapebunny 1 week, 6 days ago


Wrong. The answer is BE.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-themes
scroll down to part that says JSON themes
upvoted 1 times

  JukMar 4 weeks, 1 day ago


save the current theme first
upvoted 2 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Selected Answer: BE
shoud be
upvoted 2 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: BE
I think: BE
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: BE
B. From ReportA save the current theme.
E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme.
upvoted 3 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months, 1 week ago


1. Save the current theme from the report
2. Upload JSON file as theme for the dashboard
upvoted 5 times

  Manikom 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: BE
First you Save your current theme to JSON file, and then you upload the same in dashboard
upvoted 6 times
Question #4 Topic 3

You need to create a visualization that compares revenue and cost over time.
Which type of visualization should you use?

A. waterfall chart

B. stacked area chart

C. line chart

D. donut chart

Correct Answer: C
Line charts can have many different lines, for example both revenue and cost over time.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-line-chart

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


...over time -> Line chart
upvoted 8 times

  centrumadresowe Most Recent  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
I think - Line Chart
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Line Chart is correct 'C'
upvoted 2 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


A. should be the answer because waterfall chart is used to compare changes over time. So it can be used to compare revenue and cost over
time.
upvoted 1 times

  MRT_17 2 months ago


When you are looking for a comparison between 2 things its better to use "Line Chart",
In Waterfalls Chart you can't compare 2 things.
upvoted 2 times
Question #5 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You have a report in Power BI Desktop.
You add a key influencers visual as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: moving fields from Explain by to Expand by


You can use Expand By to add fields you want to use for setting the level of the analysis without looking for new influencers.
Why do certain factors become influencers or stop being influencers as I move more fields into the Explain by field?
The visualization evaluates all explanatory factors together. A factor might be an influencer by itself, but when it's considered with other factors
it might not.

Box 2: 3 -
0.30 instead of 0.10. A factor of 3 greater.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers
  Manikom Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago
I would say
- adding more fields to Explain By
-3
moving fields from explain to expand should not add any new factors in analysis
upvoted 22 times

  sebasaur Most Recent  3 weeks, 5 days ago


- Adding more fields to explain by
- 3x
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 2 weeks ago


- Adding more fields to explain by
- 3x
upvoted 4 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 2 weeks ago


100%
- Explain by
- 3x
upvoted 4 times

  nucleus21 2 months ago


The Expand By field well option comes in handy here. You can use Expand By to add fields you want to use for setting the level of the analysis
without looking for new influencers.

Take a look at what the visualization looks like once we add ID to Expand By. Once you've defined the level at which you want your measure
evaluated, interpreting influencers is exactly the same as for unsummarized numeric columns.
upvoted 1 times

  Manzy2599 2 months ago


I think it's adding more fields to explain by and 0.2? because the increase for overtime is from 0.10 to 0.30 so increase of 0.20? Can someone
please confirm
upvoted 4 times

  rzm_1998 1 month, 4 weeks ago


it's 3x greater because they're saying "__ times greater" so it's 0.3/0.1 not 0.3-0.1
upvoted 4 times

  June15 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Should the first one "Add to Explain by"?
upvoted 2 times
Question #6 Topic 3

You build a report to help the sales team understand its performance and the drivers of sales.
The team needs to have a single visualization to identify which factors affect success.
Which type of visualization should you use?

A. Key influencers

B. Line and clustered column chart

C. Q&A

D. Funnel chart

Correct Answer: A
The key influencers visual helps you understand the factors that drive a metric you're interested in. It analyzes your data, ranks the factors that
matter, and displays them as key influencers. For example, suppose you want to figure out what influences employee turnover, which is also
known as churn. One factor might be employment contract length, and another factor might be commute time.
When to use key influencers.
The key influencers visual is a great choice if you want to:
See which factors affect the metric being analyzed.
Contrast the relative importance of these factors. For example, do short-term contracts affect churn more than long-term contracts?
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Microsoft just loves pushing Key Influencers down your throat
upvoted 14 times

  Churato 1 month, 1 week ago


indeed LOL
upvoted 1 times

  vinodaggarwal Most Recent  2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
It is a its correct
upvoted 2 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


...which factors affect --> Key Influencers
upvoted 2 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Key Inf.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
'A' is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


A will be the legit answer
upvoted 3 times
Question #7 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You have a table that contains the following three columns:

City -

✑ Total Sales
✑ Occupation
You need to create a key influencers visualization as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

How should you configure the visualization? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Total Sales -


The key influencers visual helps you understand the factors that drive a metric you're interested in, here Total Sales. It analyzes your data, ranks
the factors that matter, and displays them as key influencers.

Box 2: Occupation -
Measures and summarized columns are automatically analyzed at the level of the Explain by fields used.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

  centrumadresowe Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago


100%
Total Sales
Occupation
upvoted 9 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Total Sales
Occupation
upvoted 7 times

  Sunny_008 Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Correct Answer
upvoted 5 times
Question #8 Topic 3

You are using the key influencers visual to identify which factors affect the quantity of items sold in an order.
You add the following fields to the Explain By field:
✑ Customer Country
✑ Product Category
✑ Supplier Country
✑ Sales Employee
✑ Supplier Name
✑ Product Name
✑ Customer City
The key influencers visual returns the results shown in the following exhibit.

What can you identify from the visual?

A. Customers in Austria order 18.8 more units than the average order quantity.

B. Customers in Boise order 20.37 percent more than the average order quantity.

C. Product Category positively influences the quantity per order.

D. Customers in Cork order lower quantities than average.

Correct Answer: A
Average quantity of units is displayed.
Incorrect:
Not B: Average quantity of units is displayed, not percentage.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

Community vote distribution


A (100%)
  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago
Selected Answer: A
'A' is correct
upvoted 6 times

  centrumadresowe Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago


'A' correct
upvoted 5 times

  samad1234 Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago


A is correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #9 Topic 3

You have a report that contains four pages. Each page contains slicers for the same four fields.
Users report that when they select values in a slicer on one page, the selections are not persisted on other pages.
You need to recommend a solution to ensure that users can select a value once to filter the results on all the pages.
What are two possible recommendations to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a bookmark for each slicer value.

B. Replace the slicers with report-level filters.

C. Sync the slicers across the pages.

D. Replace the slicers with page-level filters.

E. Replace the slicers with visual-level filters.

Correct Answer: BC
C: You can sync a slicer and use it on any or all pages in a report.
B: You can set filters at three different levels for the report: visual-level, page-level, and report-level.
Note: Suppose you want your report readers to be able to look at overall sales metrics, but also highlight performance for individual district
managers and different time frames. You could create separate reports or comparative charts. You could add filters in the Filters pane. Or you
could use slicers. Slicers are another way of filtering. They narrow the portion of the dataset that is shown in the other report visualizations.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-add-filter https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-
bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-slicers

Community vote distribution


BC (75%) CD (25%)

  simplex06 Highly Voted  3 months ago


B and C are correct options.
upvoted 13 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: BC
I think B & C are valid answers.
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: BC
B. Replace the slicers with report-level filters.
C. Sync the slicers across the pages. are correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: CD
Why D. Replace the slicers with page-level filters. is not correct?
upvoted 1 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 3 days ago


How to remove the wrong anwer?
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Ok, page-level filter "on this page" is wrong, but if page-level filter "on all pages" would be correct, wouldn't it?
upvoted 1 times

  scotchtapebunny 1 week, 6 days ago


I might be wrong here but page level filters are individually set on all pages. That's not what you want. You want filter for the all the pages,
hence report-level.
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 month, 1 week ago


B and C
upvoted 3 times
  lukelin08 1 month, 2 weeks ago
B and C is correct
upvoted 3 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 2 weeks ago


B, C - ok
althought bookmarks seems also "tasty" but you can not select checkbox to save as slicer
upvoted 3 times
Question #10 Topic 3

You have a report that includes a card visualization.


You need to apply the following conditional formatting to the card while minimizing design effort:
✑ For values that are greater than or equal to 100, the font of the data label must be dark red.
✑ For values that are less than 100, the font of the data label must be dark gray.
Which type of format should you use?

A. Color scale

B. Rules

C. Field value

Correct Answer: B
Finding the conditional formatting in the card visual is a bit tricky. There is no separate option for that. You need to go to the Format tab of the
visual, and then expand the Data Label. The right beside the Data Label's colour you need to hover your mouse, and you will find a three dots
icon appearing, which if you click on it, you will see Conditional Formatting.

Now in the Conditional Formatting tab, you can apply it in different methods. for example, you can choose Rules, and then

The Rules mode will give you the ability to put custom roles as below;
Reference:
https://radacad.com/enhance-the-card-visual-in-power-bi-with-conditional-formatting

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


B. Rules
upvoted 7 times

  centrumadresowe Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B - 100%
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B Rules is correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #11 Topic 3

DRAG DROP -
You have a Power BI dashboard named DashboardA that contains a tile named TileA. TileA contains a treemap visual from a report named
ReportA.
You need to provide the users of DashboardA with additional tiles that relate to the contents of TileA.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: From ReportA, select Get Insights


Then select 'Get Insights'‫ג‬€¦ From the Datasets + dataflows tab, select More options (...) next to the dataset, and then choose Get insights.
Power BI Quick Insights will now scan the data related to the tile and display a list of potential insights you may want to explore further. To drill
into a specific data point, you can even select data in the visual and Quick Insights will focus on that data point when searching for insights.
Power BI uses various algorithms to search for trends in your dataset.

Within seconds, your insights are ready. Select View insights to display visualizations.

The visualizations display in a special Quick Insights canvas with up to 32 separate insight cards. Each card has a chart or graph plus a short
description.
Step 2: From DashboardA, select the TileA options, and then select View Insights
The insight screen opens in Focus mode.
Step 3: From Focus mode, pin the relevant visuals to DashboardA
Go to 'in focus mode' on a dashboard tile for data loaded into Power BI.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-insights

  ORmb Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


I tried:
3. tileA options view insights
2. review generated visuals
1. pin related tiles
upvoted 30 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Agreed:
1. From Dashboard A, click tile A and choose view insights
2. Focus mode: Review
3. Pin related tiles.
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-insights
upvoted 6 times
  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago
1. From DashboardA, select the TilaA options, and then select View Insights
2. From Focus mode, review the generated visuals
3.From Focus mode, pin the relevant visuals to DashboardA
upvoted 6 times

  centrumadresowe Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago


Requires Pro or Premium license !
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-insights
upvoted 3 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months ago


Tile ellipsis > View insights
From focus mode, review auto-generated visuals
Pin relevant tiles to the dashboard
upvoted 5 times

  sidyndiaye 2 months, 1 week ago


1- From DashboardA select tiles A option and View Insights
2- From Frocus mode review generated Visuels
3- From Focus mode Pin related tiles
upvoted 5 times
Question #12 Topic 3

You are creating a dashboard by using the Power BI service.


You have an existing report page that contains three charts.
You need to add the charts to the dashboard while maintaining the interactivity between the charts.
What should you do?

A. Edit interactions in the report and set all interactions to Filter.

B. Pin each chart as a tile.

C. Edit the dashboard theme and pin each chart as a tile.

D. Pin the report page as a live tile.

Correct Answer: D
One way to add a new dashboard tile is by pinning an entire report page. This is an easy way to pin more than one visualization at a time. Also,
when you pin an entire page, the tiles are live; you can interact with them right there on the dashboard. And changes you make to any of the
visualizations back in the report editor, like adding a filter or changing the fields used in the chart, are reflected in the dashboard tile as well.
Pinning live tiles from reports to dashboards is only available in Power BI service (app.powerbi.com).
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
'D' is correct
upvoted 6 times

  Mizaan Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 2 weeks ago


'D' - ok
upvoted 4 times
Question #13 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You need to create a visual as shown in the following exhibit.

The indicator color for Total Sales will be based on % Growth to Last Year.
The solution must use the existing calculations only.
How should you configure the visual? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: Background color -


To apply conditional formatting, select a Table or Matrix visualization in Power BI Desktop. In the Visualizations pane, right-click or select the
down-arrow next to the field in the Values well that you want to format. Select Conditional formatting, and then select the type of formatting to
apply.

Box 2: Rules -
To format cell background or font color by rules, in the Format by field of the Background color or Font color dialog box, select Rules.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-conditional-table-formatting

  RichardOgoma Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Background color; format by field value because the formatting is based ON AN EXISTING CALCULATION
upvoted 7 times

  PCCCCCC 1 week, 4 days ago


Bg color and should be based on Rules, we cannot add a measure in Field Value section.
upvoted 1 times

  Fer079 2 months, 1 week ago


Background color
Rules
the existing calculation refers to the measure "% Growth to Last Year" and not about an extra column with the color name
upvoted 8 times

  RichardOgoma 2 months ago


From my experience, you can format with a measure. In fact the measure can be an if statement with a hex code to manipulate the color
on the visual based on another field.
upvoted 1 times

  Fer079 2 months ago


Exactly, here what we have to calculate is the color based on the measure through the rules, because it does not say anything regarding
having a column (or as you say "field") informing about the color
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days, 3 hours ago


Given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  wzwd 6 days, 2 hours ago


First you need to use dax to calculate % Growth to Last Year. How can you use rule to achieve it????
upvoted 1 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 2 weeks ago


correct
upvoted 3 times

  Manzy2599 2 months ago


Is it format by field or rules? someone plz let me know asap
upvoted 1 times

  rzm_1998 1 month, 2 weeks ago


rules not fields, field values is for when we have the hex value for the color in an existing column
upvoted 5 times

  Alexeyvykhodtsev 2 months, 2 weeks ago


correct
upvoted 2 times

  ecwang 2 months, 2 weeks ago


https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/data-driven-story-power-bi/13-lab
Format by "Field value"
upvoted 2 times

  gabrysr1997 1 month, 3 weeks ago


We can use "Field value" to change fields background color when we have for example values in fields like "brown", "black", "white". When
we are using some caltulations like if value in field is >0 and <100 set backgroud color to green we are using RULES.

It's all in you link.


upvoted 4 times
Question #14 Topic 3

DRAG DROP -
You are using existing reports to build a dashboard that will be viewed frequently in portrait mode on mobile phones.
You need to build the dashboard.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: Edit the dashboard mobile view


Open a report in Editing view.
Step 2: Pin items from the reports to the dashboard
Step 3: Open the dashboard.
Open the dashboard to see the pinned live tile,
From the nav pane, select the dashboard with the new live tile. There, you can do things like rename, resize, link, and move the pinned report
page.
Step 4: Rearrange, resize, or remove items from the mobile layout
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report

  YSunny Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Pin -> open -> edit -> rearrange
upvoted 45 times

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


1. Pin items from the reports to the dashboard
2. Open Dashboard
3. Edit the Dashboard mobile view
4. Rearrange, resize, or remove items from mobile layout
upvoted 22 times

  scotchtapebunny 1 week, 6 days ago


Most Recent 
The answer doesn't make sense. It should be pin, open, edit, rearrange
upvoted 3 times

  velvarga 3 weeks, 6 days ago


Pin -> open -> edit -> rearrange
upvoted 4 times

  samad1234 1 month, 1 week ago


Open dashboard
- Edit mobile layout
- Pin items
- Rearrange
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


1. Pin items from the reports to the dashboard
2. Open Dashboard
3. Edit the Dashboard mobile view
4. Rearrange, resize, or remove items from mobile layout
upvoted 4 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Just tested this:

Pin items from reports to dashboard


Open dashboard
Edit mobile layout
Rearrange
upvoted 5 times

  Grexx 2 months ago


- Open dashboard
- Edit mobile layout
- Pin items
- Rearrange

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-create-dashboard-mobile-phone-view
upvoted 7 times

  ThariCD 2 months, 2 weeks ago


I would say the order should be
1. Open Dashboard
2. Edit the Dashboard mobile view
3. Pin items from the reports to the dashboard
4. Rearrange, resize, or remove items from mobile layout
upvoted 6 times
Question #15 Topic 3

You plan to create the chart shown in the following exhibit.

How should you create the dashed horizontal line denoting the 40th percentile of daily sales for the period shown?

A. Add a measure to the visual that uses the following DAX expression. Measure1 = PERCENTILEX.INC (Sales,sales[Total Sales],0.40)

B. Add a measure to the visual that uses the following DAX expression. Measure1 = PERCENTILEX.EXC (Sales,sales[Total Sales],0.40)

C. Add a new percentile line that uses Total Sales as the measure and 40% as the percentile.

D. Create a horizontal line that has a fixed value of 24,000.

Correct Answer: C
The analytics feature enables you to show percentiles across groups specified along a specific axis.
1. Click on the analytics tab
2. Select Percentile
3. You can choose a specific percentile along with other formatting options.
4. Drag a date or non-numeric dimension into the Axis of a column chart
Reference:
https://www.dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_percentile.php

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  lukelin08 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Tested, 'C' is correct
upvoted 3 times

  mkthoma3 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 3 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 2 months, 1 week ago


the question is 'create the dashed horizontal line', not the 40% percentile for bar
upvoted 1 times

  MRT_17 2 months ago


How should you create the dashed horizontal line denoting the 40th percentile of daily sales??
upvoted 1 times

  Snow_28 2 months, 1 week ago


B answer can also be used because we have to calculate the 40th percentile and exc function calculates the Kth percentile of values.
upvoted 1 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 2 months, 1 week ago


the question is 'create the dashed horizontal line', not the 40% percentile for bar
upvoted 4 times

  Luffy561 2 months ago


what is the answer ?
upvoted 2 times

  rehoboth2165 1 month ago


C is the answer
upvoted 1 times
Question #16 Topic 3

You are building a Power BI report.


Users will view the report by using their mobile device.
You need to configure the report to display data based on each user's location.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. From Power Query Editor, detect the data types of the relevant columns.

B. In Data Category, set the geographic data category for the relevant columns.

C. Create a hierarchy for columns of the geography data type.

D. Use the columns of the geography data type in all visuals.

E. For the relevant columns, set synonyms to match common geographical terms.

Correct Answer: BD
B: Identify geographic data in your report
1. In Power BI Desktop, switch to Data View Data View icon.
2. Select a column with geographic data ‫ג‬€" for example, a City column.
3. On the Modeling tab, select Data Category, then the correct category ‫ג‬€" in this example, City.

4. Continue setting geographic data categories for any other fields in the model.
D: Create visuals with your geographic data
Switch to Report view Report View icon, and create visuals that use the geographic fields in your data.
In this example, the model also contains a calculated column that brings city and state together in one column.

Publish the report to the Power BI service.


Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-mobile-geofiltering

Community vote distribution


BD (88%) 13%

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: BD
The answer seems to be correct. Thanks so much!
upvoted 5 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  2 days, 9 hours ago


Selected Answer: BD
B. In Data Category, set the geographic data category for the relevant columns.
D. Use the columns of the geography data type in all visuals.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 4 days, 3 hours ago


Selected Answer: BD
B & D given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Selected Answer: BD
B and D
upvoted 4 times

  CHT1988 1 month ago


Selected Answer: BD
B. In Data Category, set the geographic data category for the relevant columns.
D. Use the columns of the geography data type in all visuals.
upvoted 3 times

  juanceee 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: BC
I think create the hierarchy it's necessary if you have more than one cities in different states
upvoted 2 times
Question #17 Topic 3

You have a report that contains a donut chart and a clustered column chart. Interactions between the visuals use the default settings.
You need to modify the report so that when you select a column in the column chart, the donut chart redraws by using the data from the selected
column.
What should you do?

A. Select the donut chart and set the column chart interaction to Filter.

B. Select the column chart and set the donut chart interaction to Filter.

C. Select the donut chart and set the column chart interaction to None.

D. Select the column chart and set the donut chart interaction to None.

Correct Answer: B
Filters remove all but the data you want to focus on.
Note: Enable the visual interaction controls.
1. Select a visualization to make it active.
2. Display the Visual Interactions options.
3. In Power BI Desktop, select Format > Edit interactions.

4. To display the visualization interaction controls, select Edit interactions. Power BI adds filter and highlight icons to all of the other
visualizations on the report page.
We can see that the tree map is cross-filtering the line chart and the map, and is cross-highlighting the column chart. You can now change how
the selected visualization interacts with the other visualizations on the report page.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B it is :)
upvoted 6 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  2 days, 9 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 4 days, 3 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 1 week ago


Good resource and video example
upvoted 1 times

  CHT1988 1 month ago


Selected Answer: B
B seems to be the correct answer
upvoted 4 times

  Ryanmumu 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Sunny_008 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Tried it !

Answer is B
upvoted 4 times

  Ry7anZZ 1 month, 4 weeks ago


selected the column chart and modify the interaction.
upvoted 1 times

  hsmith 2 months ago


As explained in the link and solution should be A.
upvoted 1 times
Question #18 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You have a report page that contains the visuals shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: cross-filter -
The Cluster column chart has the filter icon active.
Box 2: cross-highlight -
The map has the cross-highlight icon active.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


not affect ( since the interaction is set to None)
cross filter (since the is no cross highlights for maps)
upvoted 62 times

  Manikom Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


- not affect
- cross filter
upvoted 20 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  2 days, 9 hours ago


- Not affect
- Cross filter
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 4 days ago


100%
-Not affect
-Cross filter
upvoted 2 times

  moriha3585 2 weeks, 2 days ago


Why are some of the answers to the questions wrong? I'm glad there is a comments section here validating that I, Guru1337 and fifty-one other
people are on the same page !
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 month, 1 week ago


- not affect
- cross filter
upvoted 4 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 2 weeks ago


not affect
cross filter
upvoted 4 times

  pnb11 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Not affect
cross filter
upvoted 6 times

  saurinkhamar 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Bar has None Active
Chart has Filter active
upvoted 3 times

  kuka8006 2 months, 3 weeks ago


I would go for - not affect, cross filter
upvoted 7 times
Question #19 Topic 3

You are creating a Power BI report by using Power BI Desktop.


You need to include a visual that shows trends and other useful information automatically. The visual must update based on selections in other
visuals.
Which type of visual should you use?

A. Q&A

B. smart narrative

C. key influencers

D. decomposition tree

Correct Answer: B
The smart narrative visualization helps you quickly summarize visuals and reports. It provides relevant innovative insights that you can
customize.
Use smart narrative summaries in your reports to address key takeaways, to point out trends, and to edit the language and format for a specific
audience. In
PowerPoint, instead of pasting a screenshot of your report's key takeaways, you can add narratives that are updated with every refresh. Your
audience can use the summaries to understand the data, get to key points faster, and explain the data to others.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-smart-narrative

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  surfing_man Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


the answer is correct
upvoted 12 times

  ram798 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


It should be Key infuence
upvoted 5 times

  Semmie 2 months, 1 week ago


I disagree, key influencers does not show trends which is specifically asked in the question
upvoted 4 times

  Iozol 1 month, 1 week ago


Key influencers has a trend made by bars. Smart narratives on the other side It has just text. Between Q&A and key influencers I would say
that key influencers is more straightforward way to show data since Q&A needs user interaction to show data
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days ago


Selected Answer: B
100%
B - Smart Narrative
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: B
B. smart narrative is the correct answer.
upvoted 3 times

  Twealth 4 weeks ago


The key word is visual that shows trend. So I will go with key influencer.
upvoted 3 times

  JukMar 4 weeks, 1 day ago


CORRECT
upvoted 1 times
  centrumadresowe 1 month, 2 weeks ago
Smart narrative
upvoted 2 times

Question #20 Topic 3

In Power BI Desktop, you have a dataset that contains a table.


You create a table visual on a Power BI report page as shown in the following exhibit.

You need to configure the visual to display the referenced image instead of the URL in the Plant Image column.
What should you do?

A. From the Formatting tab, select Values, and then set URL icons to On for the table.

B. Set the Data category of the Plant Image field to Web URL.

C. Set the Data type of the Plant Image field to Binary.

D. Set the Data category of the Plant Image field to Image URL.

Correct Answer: D
Add images to your report -
1. Create a column with the URLs of the images. See Considerations later in this article for requirements.
2. Select that column. On the Column tools ribbon, for Data category, select Image URL.
3. Add the column to a table, matrix, slicer, or multi-row card.
Step 3: From powerbi.com, add a tile for Excel1 dataset to DashboardA.
In the Power BI service (app.powerbi.com), a dashboard contains tiles pinned from one or more datasets, so you can ask questions about any
of the data contained in any of those datasets.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-images-tables https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-
reports/power-bi-tutorial-q-and-a

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


It is correct.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-images-tables
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  centrumadresowe 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D - Correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #21 Topic 3

DRAG DROP -
You have a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet named Excel1 that contains survey results.
You have a Power BI dashboard named DashboardA that has Q&A enabled.
You need to ensure that users who can access DashboardA can ask questions based on the contents of Excel1 and pin visuals based on their
queries to
DashboardA. The solution must minimize development time.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: From powerbi.com, upload Excel1.


Upload your Excel file to the Power BI service.
The Power BI service connects to many data sources, including Excel files that live on your computer.
1. Sign in to the Power BI service.
2. In My workspace, select New > Upload a file.
3. Select Local File, browse to where you saved the Financial Sample Excel file, and select Open.
4. On the Local File page, select Import.
Now you have a Financial Sample dataset. Power BI also automatically created a blank dashboard. If you don't see the dashboard, refresh your
browser.
Step 2: From powerbi.com, import Excel1 as a dataset.
Step 3: From powerbi.com, add a tile for the Excel1 dataset to DashboarA.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-from-excel-to-stunning-report

  RickyAnd 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Highly Voted 
"The solution must minimize development time", so:
1. format the data as a table
2. Import as a dataset (upload involves scheduling updates, whereas with import it updates automatically)
3. add a tile for the dataset to dashbard
upvoted 20 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 6 days, 22 hours ago


How can you add a tile for a dataset to dashboard? I'm not saying that you cannot do it for sure, but I have no idea how I can do it at the
moment
upvoted 1 times

  Manikom Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


I woulg go with:
- from excel format as table
- from power.bi upload excel (this steps includes import as database)
- pin tiles to dashboardA
upvoted 9 times
  Fer079 2 months, 1 week ago
the second one should be "import as a dataset", because if you choose upload a file from powerbi you will asked to choose between
"Import Excel data into Power BI (Connect to the data in your workbook so you can create Power BI reports and dashboards for it.)" or
"Upload your Excel file to Power BI (
Bring your Excel file into Power BI to view and interact with it just as you would in Excel Online. Pin ranges to dashboards.)", so my answer
would be:
1. format the data as a table
2. Import as a dataset
3. add a tile for the dataset to dashboard
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days ago


1. Format Table
2. From Power BI, Upload Excel
3. Pin
upvoted 2 times

  evipap 3 weeks ago


I am sure that the 1st step should be: From Excel, format data as a table.
According to the following link this leads us to select as the 2nd step: From powerbi.com, Upload Excel. https://learn.microsoft.com/en-
us/power-bi/create-reports/service-from-excel-to-stunning-report
Now the 3rd step in my opinion is: Pin a range from excel to dashboard. Cause when we upload a file a dataset is not created. Source :
https://biuniversity.wordpress.com/2017/03/08/powerbi-upload-excel-import-excel-differences/
upvoted 3 times

  poujor 1 month ago


Bad question
An uploaded Excel file can have a selection pinned. This does not support Q&A
An imported Excel file becomes a Dataset. But a dataset can not be pinned. You need to pin something from a report or run Quick Insight and pin
from here.
So neither Upload or Import works as we need to pin something on the Dashboard to associate it to a dataset
upvoted 2 times

  samad1234 1 month, 1 week ago


I test it:
1. From Power BI, Upload Excel
2. Format Table
3. Pin
upvoted 3 times

  navya2312 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Is contributer access required to pass PL-300 exam?
upvoted 4 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 6 days, 22 hours ago


If you are like me and are too a slow reader, you might consider getting the contributor access, unless you have been using PowerBI at work
for some time. I'm sure I was going to pass if I was allowed to read and answer the questions on my own pace. But it sometime takes me few
minutes just to read through one question. Having read about those questions beforehand, even without knowing the answers, would help me
a lot.
upvoted 1 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 4 weeks ago


1. From Power BI, Upload Excel
2. Format Table
3. Pin
Instruction video from Microsoft Youtube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l8JoB7w0zJA
upvoted 5 times
Question #22 Topic 3

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the
data as a numerical amount representing US dollars.
You need to create a reference line to show which employees are above the median salary.
Solution: You create a constant line and set the value to .5.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
Instead: You create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.
The median is the middle value or the 50th percentile of a data set.
Reference:
https://dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_median.php

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
Question 18, Topic 3 from DA-100 exam
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days ago


Selected Answer: B
Answer B is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #23 Topic 3

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the
data as a numerical amount representing US dollars.
You need to create a reference line to show which employees are above the median salary.
Solution: You create an average line by using the Salary measure.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
Average is not Median.
Instead: You create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.
The median is the middle value or the 50th percentile of a data set.
Reference:
https://dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_median.php

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  lukelin08 4 days ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  INDEAVR 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
Question 10, Topic 3 from DA-100
upvoted 3 times
Question #24 Topic 3

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the
data as a numerical amount representing US dollars.
You need to create a reference line to show which employees are above the median salary.
Solution: You create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A
The median is the middle value or the 50th percentile of a data set.
Reference:
https://dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_median.php

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  lukelin08 4 days ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  powerbibuddy 3 weeks, 4 days ago


A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Orkhannnn 1 month ago


A - Correct
upvoted 3 times

  INDEAVR 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
question 11, topic 3 from DA-100
upvoted 2 times
Question #25 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You are profiling data by using Power Query Editor.
You have a table that contains a column named column1. Column statistics and Value distribution for column1 are shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: are 20 values that occur -


There are 20 unique values.

Box 2: Elm, American -


Elm, American is below Peer, flowering species in the graphic.

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


answer is correct
upvoted 13 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days ago


Given answer is correct 100%
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


20 is absolutely wrong. There are 20 unique values, which means that they are not repeated more than once in the data. This information has
nothing to do with the number of values that occur.
With that said, the question is ambiguous in my opinion. The answer could be 365 or 277329.
upvoted 1 times

  marit232 5 days, 17 hours ago


20 is absolutely right. You said that "There are 20 unique values, which means that they are not repeated more than once in the data", hence
these 20 values occur only once. Unique values are values that only occur once.
upvoted 2 times

  KobeData 2 weeks ago


20 values occur only once, 365 occur once or more and the total amount of values in 277329. We're seeing the profile which is the distribution of
values.
upvoted 1 times

  Maverick7513 2 weeks, 2 days ago


Unique values are values that appear only once. Shouldn't it be the number of distinct values instead??
upvoted 1 times

  andregrahamnz 2 weeks, 2 days ago


How on earth are people saying this is correct? There are 28 values listed on the distribution graph alone with more to scroll down too. Clearly
the answer is not '20' which represents the values that only occur once. The question is bad as it could be referring to distinct count or total
count. Either way, giving the answer as 20 can be ruled out as wrong.
upvoted 2 times

  ycl83 1 week ago


These 28 values that you refer to in the distribution graph are 28 values out of 365, hence why you can scroll down to see more. These 28
values are also the top 28 out of 365 that appear the most, you can see this by the length of the bar.
If you scroll down to the bottom of the distribution graph, you would see 20 values that only have a count of 1.

Unique means only appear once, so 20 is the answer.


upvoted 5 times

  wzwd 3 weeks, 6 days ago


The given answer is correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #26 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report hosted on powerbi.com that displays expenses by department for department managers.
The report contains a line chart that shows expenses by month.
You need to enable users to choose between viewing the report as a line chart or a column chart. The solution must minimize development and
maintenance effort.
What should you do?

A. Enable report readers to personalize visuals.

B. Create a separate report page for users to view the column chart.

C. Add a column chart, a bookmark, and a button for users to choose a visual.

D. Create a mobile report that contains a column chart.

Correct Answer: C
Let users personalize visuals in a report
Enable personalization in a report
You can enable the feature either in Power BI Desktop or the Power BI service. You can also enable it in embedded reports.
To enable the feature in the Power BI (powerbi.com) service, go to Settings for your report.

Turn on Personalize visuals > Save.


Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-personalize-visuals?tabs=powerbi-service#enable-personalization-in-a-
report

Community vote distribution


A (70%) C (30%)

  Manikom Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Also C is correct but I guess the key is 'The solution must minimize development' so A should be the correct one
upvoted 12 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Agreed.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-personalize-visuals?tabs=powerbi-service#enable-personalization-in-a-
report
upvoted 2 times
  bmaaaata Highly Voted  2 months ago
Selected Answer: C
C sounds good for me. In A option you are enabling users to do much more then switching between chart types which is not requaired in
question.
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days ago


Selected Answer: A
C would be my choice but 'minimize development and maintenance effort' is required. In which case the easiest solution is A
upvoted 2 times

  josf77 1 week, 6 days ago


A should be correct
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels 2 weeks, 1 day ago


C. Add a column chart, a bookmark, and a button for users to choose a visual.
upvoted 2 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
A for sure
upvoted 2 times

  ThariCD 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Explanation is correct but the answer given is not, the correct answer should be A
upvoted 3 times
Question #27 Topic 3

You have two Power BI reports named ReportA and ReportB that each uses a distinct color palette.
You are creating a Power BI dashboard that will include two visuals from each report.
You need to use a consistent dark theme for the dashboard. The solution must preserve the original colors of the reports.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Upload a snapshot.

B. For the browser, set the color preference to dark mode.

C. When pinning visuals to the dashboard, select Use destination theme.

D. Select the dark dashboard theme.

E. Turn on tile flow.

Correct Answer: CD
D: With dashboard themes you can apply a color theme to your entire dashboard, such as corporate colors, seasonal coloring, or any other color
theme you might want to apply. When you apply a dashboard theme, all visuals on your dashboard use the colors from your selected theme.
In the dashboard pane that appears, select one of the pre-built themes. In the example below, we've selected Dark.

C: Reports and dashboards with different themes


If your report uses a different theme from the dashboard theme, in most cases you can control whether the visual retains the current report
theme or uses the dashboard theme.
* Try re-pinning the tile and selecting Use dashboard theme.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-themes

Community vote distribution


CD (80%) BD (20%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: CD
Answer is correct.
I guess, with the requirement "The solution must preserve the original colors of the reports." they only want to point out, that the colors must not
be changed FOR the reports to achieve the goal, but only change the theme for the dashboard. A little misleading, IMHO.
B is wrong, because the dark mode is a personal setting on the user's computer and has nothing to do with the dashboard theme, which is
required to be dark.
upvoted 11 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


Wow that was confusing. Organizations will really create tests with ambiguous questions like that and then complain that people try to find
sample questions online.
upvoted 3 times

  Fer079 2 months, 1 week ago


Highly Voted 
The option C is not correct. If we must preserve the original colors of the reports we should select the "keep current theme" option instead of
"Use destination theme".
I only see one right option, the "D" one. We could upload a snapshot but it would be a static image, so it makes no sense.
upvoted 5 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 3 days ago


I think that "preserve the original colors of the original reports" means that the original reports' them remain unchanged after your fllowing
action. As such, CD is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days ago


Selected Answer: CD
C & D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Manzy2599 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: BD
I think it's B/D can someone confirm/reject plz
upvoted 3 times
Question #28 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You have a dataset that contains revenue data from the past year.
You need to use anomaly detection in Power BI to show anomalies in the dataset.
What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Line -
Anomaly detection is only supported for line chart visuals containing time series data in the Axis field.
Box 2: Populate the axis with a date field
Incorrect:
* Anomaly Explanations doesn't work with 'Show Value As' options.
* Drilling down to go to the next level in the hierarchy isn't supported.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-anomaly-detection
  lukelin08 4 days ago
Given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


Correct
upvoted 4 times

  Clodia 1 month, 2 weeks ago


The answer is correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #29 Topic 3

You have a line chart that shows the number of employees in a department over time.
You need to see the total salary costs of the employees when you hover over a data point.
What should you do?

A. Add salary to the drillthrough fields.

B. Add salary to the visual filters.

C. Add salary to the tooltips.

Correct Answer: C
Customize tooltips with aggregation or quick measures
You can customize a tooltip by selecting an aggregation function.
Select the arrow beside the field in the Tooltips bucket. Then, select from the available options.

Note: Tooltips are an elegant way of providing more contextual information and detail to data points on a visual. You can customize tooltips in
Power BI Desktop and in the Power BI service.
When a visualization is created, the default tooltip displays the data point's value and category.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-custom-tooltips

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  lukelin08 4 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Clodia 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
correct
upvoted 4 times

  MortezaS 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
correct
upvoted 2 times
  INDEAVR 1 month, 3 weeks ago
Selected Answer: C
correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #30 Topic 3

You have the visual shown in the Original exhibit. (Click the Original tab.)

You need to configure the visual as shown in the Modified exhibit. (Click the Modified tab.)

What should you add to the visual?

A. a measure

B. an Average line

C. a trendline

D. a forecast
Correct Answer: D
For example, here's how the current forecast looks like:

Reference:
https://spreadsheeto.com/power-bi-forecasting/#intro

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
correct
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  4 days ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct for sure
upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Clodia 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #31 Topic 3

You need to create a visual that enables the adhoc exploration of data as shown in the following exhibit.

Which type of visual should you use?

A. smart narrative

B. decomposition tree

C. Q&A

D. key influencers

Correct Answer: B
The decomposition tree visual in Power BI lets you visualize data across multiple dimensions. It automatically aggregates data and enables
drilling down into your dimensions in any order. It is also an artificial intelligence (AI) visualization, so you can ask it to find the next dimension
to drill down into based on certain criteria.
This makes it a valuable tool for ad hoc exploration and conducting root cause analysis.
Example:
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-decomposition-tree

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  lukelin08 4 days ago


Selected Answer: B
Answer is B
upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Clodia 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
correct
upvoted 3 times

  INDEAVR 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #32 Topic 3

Your company has employees in 10 states.


The company recently decided to associate each state to one of the following three regions: East, West, and North.
You have a data model that contains employee information by state. The model does NOT include region information.
You have a report that shows the employees by state.
You need to view the employees by region as quickly as possible.
What should you do?

A. Create a new aggregation that summarizes by state.

B. Create a new aggregation that summarizes by employee.

C. Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to List.

D. Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to Bin.

Correct Answer: C
In Power BI Desktop, you can group data points to help you more clearly view, analyze, and explore data and trends in your visuals.
Example:

Incorrect:
Not D: You can also define the bin size to put values into equally sized groups that better enable you to visualize data in ways that are
meaningful. This action is often called binning.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-grouping-and-binning

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  lukelin08 4 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
Answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Aiti 1 month, 3 weeks ago


B Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to List
upvoted 1 times

  Aiti 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Sorry C
upvoted 1 times

Question #33 Topic 3

You have a collection of reports for the HR department of your company.


You need to create a visualization for the HR department that shows historical employee counts and predicts trends during the next six months.
Which type of visualization should you use?

A. ribbon chart

B. scatter chart

C. line chart

D. key influencers

Correct Answer: C
The best data for forecasting is time series data or uniformly increasing whole numbers. The line chart has to have only one line.
Reference:
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/fr-ca/blog/introducing-new-forecasting-capabilities-in-power-view-for-office-365/

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  lukelin08 4 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
Answer is correct
upvoted 4 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


...predicts trends during the next six months -> Line chart
upvoted 2 times
Question #34 Topic 3

You have a Microsoft Power BI dashboard. The report used to create the dashboard uses an imported dataset from a Microsoft SQL Server data
source.
The dashboard is shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

What occurred at 12:03:06 PM?

A. A new transaction was added to the data source.

B. The dashboard tile cache refreshed.

C. A user added a comment to a tile.

D. A user pressed F5.

Correct Answer: D
If you press F5 or hit the refresh button, the dashboard charts gets updated.
Note: Power BI enables you to go from data to insight to action quickly, yet you must make sure the data in your Power BI reports and
dashboards is recent.
Knowing how to refresh the data is often critical in delivering accurate results.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-data

Community vote distribution


B (77%) D (23%)
  ecwang Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago
Selected Answer: B
refreshed
upvoted 14 times

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
I think this should be B The dashboard tile cache refreshed.
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  3 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct and the most complete answer. But B is also kind of true
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 3 days, 7 hours ago


Changed my mind, I believe its B. I cant find anything that says pressing F5 would result in refreshing the visual like that.

https://subscription.packtpub.com/book/data/9781788297233/9/ch09lvl1sec86/dashboard-cache-refresh
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 3 days, 7 hours ago


Yet tile cach refresh gets mentione a lot. So I believe its that.
upvoted 1 times

  mathvarela 3 weeks, 1 day ago


Correct answer is D, I took the test in my personal workspace.
upvoted 2 times

  shakes103 3 weeks, 2 days ago


Selected Answer: B
A tile is a report visual pinned to a dashboard, and dashboard tile refreshes happen about every hour so that the tiles show recent results. You
can change the schedule in the dataset settings, as in the screenshot below, or force a dashboard update manually by using the Refresh now
option.
upvoted 2 times

  milb 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
Last Refreshed all
upvoted 4 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
Tested: D is correct; the refresh time for all tiles was set to now after pressing F5
upvoted 2 times

  Barb 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Tested : response D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Tested by adding a tile to a dashboard and then hitting refresh and the refreshed changes to "now"
upvoted 1 times

  Manzy2599 1 month, 3 weeks ago


How did you test? All the other website with this exact question say "The dashboard tile cache refreshed"
upvoted 1 times
Question #35 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You need to create a Power BI report. The first page of the report must contain the following two views:
✑ Sales By Postal Code
✑ Sales by Month
Both views must display a slicer to select a value for a field named Chain.
The Sales By Postal Code view must display a map visual as shown in the following exhibit.

The Sales By Month view must display a column chart visual as shown in the following exhibit.

Users must be able to switch between the views by using buttons on the report page. The selected Chain field must be maintained when switching
between views.
What is the minimum number of bookmarks required, and which property should you apply to each bookmark? To answer, select the appropriate
options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: 2 -
One for each visual.
Note: When you edit a report in Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, you can add report bookmarks to capture the current state of a
report page.
Bookmarks save the current filters and slicers, cross-highlighted visuals, sort order, and so on. When others view your report, they can get back
to that exact state by selecting your saved bookmark.

Box 2: Display -
Users must be able to switch between the views by using buttons on the report page. The selected Chain field must be maintained when
switching between views.
You can select whether each bookmark will apply Data properties, such as filters and slicers; Display properties, such as spotlight and its
visibility; and Current page changes, which present the page that was visible when the bookmark was added. These capabilities are useful when
you use bookmarks to switch between report views or selections of visuals, in which case you'd likely want to turn off data properties, so that
filters aren't reset when users switch views by selecting a bookmark.
Note: When you create a bookmark, the following elements are saved with the bookmark:

The current page -

Filters -
Slicers, including slicer type (for example, dropdown or list) and slicer state
Visual selection state (such as cross-highlight filters)
Sort order -

Drill location -
Visibility of an object (by using the Selection pane)
The focus or Spotlight mode of any visible object
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-bookmarks

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


"The selected Chain field must be maintained when switching between views."
We need 4 bookmarks:
- Sales By Postal Code filtered on Fashions Direct
- Sales By Postal Code filtered on Lindsey
- Sales By Month filtered on Fashions Direct
- Sales By Month filtered on Lindsey
If we have only one bookmark per visual, these bookmarks will only preserve one possible value of the Chain filter.
For instance, you created your bookmarks with Sales By Postal Code filtered on Fashions Direct and Sales By Month filtered on Fashions Direct.
You are currently viewing Sales By Postal Code filtered on Fashions Direct, and you decide to click on the slicer to filter on Lindsey instead. Then
you click on your button to change the visual to Sales By Month, but the slicer value will change to Fashions Direct. It will not retain the value
Lindsey.
upvoted 2 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


My bad. By default my reasoning is right, but it is possible to disable the "Data" part of the bookmark so that the slicer value is retained while
changing the type of visual. So 2 is the correct answer.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 3 days, 23 hours ago


Given answer is correct, 2 bookmarks and Display.
https://www.wiseowl.co.uk/blog/s2583/bookmarks-data.htm
https://www.wiseowl.co.uk/blog/s2583/bookmarks-display.htm
upvoted 1 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


Correct
upvoted 3 times

  Aiti 1 month, 3 weeks ago


-2
-Display
upvoted 4 times
Question #36 Topic 3

You have the visual shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

You need to show the relationship between Total Cost and Total Sales over time.
What should you do?

A. Add a play axis.

B. From the Analytics pane, add an Average line.

C. Add a slicer for the year.

D. Create a DAX measure that calculates year-over-year growth.

Correct Answer: A
When to use a slicer -
Slicers are a great choice when you want to:
Display commonly used or important filters on the report canvas for easier access.
Make it easier to see the current filtered state without having to open a drop-down list.
Filter by columns that are unneeded and hidden in the data tables.
Create more focused reports by putting slicers next to important visuals.
Note: Suppose you want your report readers to be able to look at overall sales metrics, but also highlight performance for individual district
managers and different time frames. You could create separate reports or comparative charts. You could add filters in the Filters pane. Or you
could use slicers. Slicers are another way of filtering. They narrow the portion of the dataset that is shown in the other report visualizations.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-slicers

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  Mongwadi Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
Correct
upvoted 5 times

  June15 Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
I think the answer should be play axis, it highlights the time changes part. Where as slicer it is the selection.
upvoted 5 times
  lukelin08 Most Recent  3 days, 23 hours ago
Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  susunz 1 month ago


Selected Answer: A
"You need to show the relationship between Total Cost and Total Sales over time", therefore, adding a play axis
upvoted 3 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
add play axis
https://radacad.com/storytelling-with-power-bi-scatter-chart
upvoted 4 times

  emmanuelkech 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Add a slicer just as the explanation stated Option C is the answer
upvoted 2 times

  shakes103 3 weeks, 2 days ago


"Both scatter and bubble charts can also have a play axis, which can show changes over time".
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a#scatter-bubble-and-dot-plot-chart
upvoted 1 times
Question #37 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You have the Power BI dashboard shown in the Dashboard exhibit. (Click the Dashboard tab.)

You need to ensure that when users view the dashboard on a mobile device, the dashboard appears as shown in the Mobile exhibit. (Click the
Mobile tab.)
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: Report mobile layout -


Power BI provides a number of features to help you create mobile-optimized versions of your reports:
* A mobile layout view where you create your mobile-optimized report by dragging and dropping visuals onto a phone emulator canvas.
* Etc.
Box 2: The Total Sales by Parent Category tile
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-create-mobile-optimized-report-about

  Manikom Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


From PowerBI service:
- Update Dashboard Mobile Layout
- Resize and move total sales and total quantity

Dashboard mobile feature already fits the tiles in the view, and when recreating same scenario you only need to work on the 2 cards
If you use Report Mobile View feature from PowerBI desktop, you will have an empty canvas and will need to work on all tiles
upvoted 29 times

  princie Most Recent  5 days, 5 hours ago


I will choose update the dashboard mobile layout and resize both sales and quantity cards based on the fact that when I tried in in PBI service
that gave me the resulting the picture but with the report mobile service I had a mobile canvas and had to resize all visuals to look like the picture
in the question
upvoted 1 times

  princie 5 days, 11 hours ago


I tried this just now, the dashboard mobile layout automatically added all the tiles from top down. I resized both cards to get the visual displayed
in the exhibit.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 3 days, 23 hours ago


- Update Dashboard Mobile Layout
- Resize and move total sales and total quantity
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 2 days, 22 hours ago


Why not the Total Sales by Parent Category tile, Lukelin08?
upvoted 1 times

  disndat7 5 days, 13 hours ago


For Box 2: Why not the SubTotal Map size? It hasn't been displayed appropriately from the mobile layout.
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 6 days, 18 hours ago


dashboard vs report in Mobile
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/mobile/mobile-apps-quickstart-view-dashboard-report
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


I would say
- Update Dashboard Layout
- The Total Sales by Parent Category tile, because the cards are already in the proper tab order.
upvoted 1 times
  shakes103 3 weeks, 2 days ago
Box 1: Update Dashboard Mobile Layout
*The question was referring to Power BI dashboard and not report.*

Box 2: The Total Sales by Parent Category tile


Card visuals don't require adjustments here but other visuals do. See live example below:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-create-mobile-optimized-report-initial-layout#lay-out-visuals-on-the-canvas
upvoted 2 times

  j0gam0d 2 months, 1 week ago


Dashboard mobile layout
Total Sales and Total Quantity
upvoted 3 times
Question #38 Topic 3

You are building a Power BI report to analyze customer segments.


You need to identify customer segments dynamically based on the Bounce Rate across dimensions such as source, geography, and
demographics. The solution must minimize analysis effort.
Which type of visualization should you use?

A. decomposition tree

B. funnel chart

C. Q&A

D. key influencers

Correct Answer: A
The decomposition tree visual in Power BI lets you visualize data across multiple dimensions. It automatically aggregates data and enables
drilling down into your dimensions in any order. It is also an artificial intelligence (AI) visualization, so you can ask it to find the next dimension
to drill down into based on certain criteria.
This makes it a valuable tool for ad hoc exploration and conducting root cause analysis.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-decomposition-tree

Community vote distribution


D (63%) A (37%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
If we need to minimize the analysis effort then key influencers is the answer (Explain Bounce Rate by dimensions listed). Decomposition tree
requires more effort; as per microsoft: "This tool is valuable for ad hoc exploration and conducting root cause analysis."
upvoted 11 times

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Key Influencers then go to Top Segments.

Source: Microsoft Youtube Channel: https://youtu.be/fDb5zZ3xmxU?t=457


upvoted 6 times

  KobeData Most Recent  2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
The key here is in creating the customer segments, this requires you to drill down and select different factors to eventually group them. You can
do this using the decomposition tree. Although you can easily spot which factors influence bounce rate more quickly with the key influencers
visual, this isn't the actual goal. Creating segments is.
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 3 weeks, 2 days ago


Selected Answer: A
Answer is A
The decomposition tree visual in Power BI lets you visualize data across multiple dimensions. It automatically aggregates data and enables
drilling down into your dimensions in any order.
The key influencers visual helps you understand the factors that drive a metric you're interested in. It analyzes your data, ranks the factors that
matter, and displays them as key influencers.
*Key influencers does not visualize data across dimensions*
upvoted 5 times

  susunz 1 month ago


" identify customer segments dynamically based on the Bounce Rate across dimensions" is the goal. Therefore, key influencer is the right
method. While Decomposition tree is more likely to provide some information inside each dimensions.
upvoted 1 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


"The decomposition tree visual lets you visualize data across multiple dimensions." - https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-
bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 3 days, 23 hours ago


This is a good point. Its a tough question, both A & D are valid. With probably D being the minimal amount of analysis effort
upvoted 1 times
  Barb 1 month, 2 weeks ago
Selected Answer: A
Agree with A
You don't have to explain but to analyse
Decomposition Tree is the best way to use dynamic segments for analyse an agregate
upvoted 4 times

  Antarys 2 months, 2 weeks ago


What's a Bounce Rate?
upvoted 3 times

  Tata11 2 months, 2 weeks ago


It's like "rejection rate" Bounce Rate is the percentage of visitors to a particular website who navigate away from the site after viewing only
one page.
upvoted 4 times

Question #39 Topic 3

You have a table that contains sales data and approximately 1,000 rows.
You need to identify outliers in the table.
Which type of visualization should you use?

A. area chart

B. scatter plot

C. pie chart

D. donut chart

Correct Answer: B
Outlier Detection in Power BI using Funnel Plot, which is a scatter plot.
Outliers are those data points that lie outside the overall pattern of distribution & the easiest way to detect outliers is though graphs. Box plots,
Scatter plots can help detect them easily.
Reference:
https://towardsdatascience.com/this-article-is-about-identifying-outliers-through-funnel-plots-using-the-microsoft-power-bi-d7ad16ac9ccc

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  lukelin08 3 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  princie 5 days, 5 hours ago


B any day. For outliers scatter plot or whisker
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
A scatter chart (or plot, it's synonym) is useful to visualize outliers.
upvoted 3 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #40 Topic 3

You have a report that contains three pages. One of the pages contains a KPI visualization.
You need to filter all the visualizations in the report except for the KPI visualization.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Edit the interactions of the KPI visualization.

B. Add the same slicer to each page and configure Sync slicers.

C. Edit the interactions of the slicer that is on the same page as the KPI visualization.

D. Configure a page-level filter.

E. Configure a report-level filter.

Correct Answer: BC
Slicers are another way of filtering. They narrow the portion of the dataset that is shown in the other report visualizations.
Control which page visuals are affected by slicers
Example: Use visual interactions to keep slicer selections from filtering this chart.
1. Go to the Overview page of the report, and then select the DM slicer you previously created.
2. On the Power BI Desktop menu, select the Format menu under Visual Tools, and then select Edit interactions.
3. Filter controls, each with a Filter and a None option, appear above all the visuals on the page. Initially, the Filter option is preselected on all
the controls.
4. Select the None option in the filter control above the Total Sales Variance by FiscalMonth and District Manager chart to stop the DM slicer
from filtering it.
Incorrect:
Not D: A page-level filter is used to filter an entire page.
Not E: A report-level filter is used to filter an entire report.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-add-filter

Community vote distribution


BC (100%)

  Fer079 Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: BC
B and C are the right ones.
First we add slicers to sync all of them between pages and later we change the interactions between the KPI visual and the slicer of the same
page report.
upvoted 10 times

  Hannahhhhhh Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Chose A and E
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  3 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: BC
B & C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  emmanuelkech 2 months, 3 weeks ago


C and E
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


makes no sense
upvoted 1 times
Question #41 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You have a Power BI visual that uses indicators to show values that are out of range as shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: a line -
Incorrect:
* not line and clustered column
The Line and Clustered Column Chart is a combo charts that combines the Line chart and Column chart together in one visual. By combining
these two visuals together, you can make a very quick comparison between two sets of measures.
Box 2: anomaly detection -
Anomaly detection helps you enhance your line charts by automatically detecting anomalies in your time series data. It also provides
explanations for the anomalies to help with root cause analysis. With just a couple of clicks, you can easily find insights without slicing and
dicing the data.
Example:

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-anomaly-detection

  lukelin08 3 days, 23 hours ago


given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 6 days, 18 hours ago


Line chart => Anomaly
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 week, 4 days ago


The given answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #42 Topic 3

You are creating a Power BI report to analyze consumer purchasing patterns from a table named Transactions. The Transactions table contains a
numeric field named Spend.
You need to include a visual that identifies which fields have the greatest impact on Spend.
Which type of visual should you use?

A. Q&A

B. smart narrative

C. decomposition tree

D. key influencers

Correct Answer: D
The key influencers visual helps you understand the factors that drive a metric you're interested in. It analyzes your data, ranks the factors that
matter, and displays them as key influencers. For example, suppose you want to figure out what influences employee turnover, which is also
known as churn. One factor might be employment contract length, and another factor might be commute time.

When to use key influencers -


The key influencers visual is a great choice if you want to:
See which factors affect the metric being analyzed.
Contrast the relative importance of these factors. For example, do short-term contracts affect churn more than long-term contracts?
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


correct
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  3 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 6 days, 18 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
D is right
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels 1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: D
Key work : Numeric values
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D is the correct answer.
upvoted 2 times
Question #43 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You are creating a line chart in a Power BI report as shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: an average reference line


With the Analytics pane in Power BI Desktop, you can add dynamic reference lines to visuals, and provide focus for important trends or insights.

Box 2: Values -

Add a measure to drillthrough -


You can add a measure or a summarized numeric column to the drillthrough area. Drag the drillthrough field to the Drillthrough card on the
drillthrough target page to apply it.
When you add a measure or summarized numeric column, you can drill through to the page when the field is used in the Value area of a visual.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-analytics-pane

  emmanuelkech Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


An Average reference Line
Axis

Should be the correct answer


upvoted 47 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


As explained here: https://radacad.com/drill-down-and-up-in-power-bi-
explained#:~:text=Click%20on%20the%20single%20arrow,and%20turn%20it%20on.&text=This%20means%20now%20that%20visual,the
%20quarters%20of%20that%20year.
upvoted 6 times

  powerbibuddy 3 weeks, 3 days ago


So, Axis is the correct answer?
upvoted 3 times

  nikfed Highly Voted  2 months ago


C and A
upvoted 7 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  3 days, 23 hours ago


correct answer is
- An Average reference Line
- Axis
upvoted 1 times

  rjramyyyy 5 days, 11 hours ago


The Answer is C & A, is because for drill down we need to use X-axis, so the answer is axis
upvoted 2 times
Question #44 Topic 3

You have a dashboard that contains tiles pinned from a single report as shown in the Original Dashboard exhibit. (Click the Original Dashboard
tab.)

You need to modify the dashboard to appear as shown in the Modified Dashboard exhibit. (Click the Modified Dashboard tab.)

What should you do?

A. Change the report theme.

B. Change the dashboard theme.

C. Edit the details of each tile.

D. Create a custom CSS file.

Correct Answer: B
With dashboard themes you can apply a color theme to your entire dashboard, such as corporate colors, seasonal coloring, or any other color
theme you might want to apply. When you apply a dashboard theme, all visuals on your dashboard use the colors from your selected theme.
Incorrect:
Not A: With Power BI Desktop report themes, you can apply design changes to your entire report, such as using corporate colors, changing icon
sets, or applying new default visual formatting.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-themes

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  lukelin08 3 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
answer is correct B
upvoted 1 times

  princie 5 days, 5 hours ago


B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 3 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: B
Correct
upvoted 2 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Change the dashboard theme
upvoted 4 times
Question #45 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report. The report contains a visual that shows gross sales by date. The visual has anomaly detection enabled.
No anomalies are detected.
You need to increase the likelihood that anomaly detection will identify anomalies in the report.
What should you do?

A. Increase the Expected range transparency setting.

B. Add a data field to the Legend field well.

C. Increase the Sensitivity setting.

D. Add a data field to the Secondary values field well.

Correct Answer: A
Adding anomaly detection automatically enriches the chart with anomalies, and the expected range of values. When a value goes outside this
expected boundary, it's marked as an anomaly.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-anomaly-detection

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  June15 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Should be C.
upvoted 13 times

  simplex06 Highly Voted  3 months ago


C. Increase the sensitivity
If you increase the sensitivity, the algorithm is more sensitive to changes in your data. In that case, even a slight deviation is marked as an
anomaly. If you decrease the sensitivity, the algorithm is more selective on what it considers an anomaly.

reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-anomaly-detection
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  3 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: C
C is the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  princie 5 days, 5 hours ago


According to Microsoft web link given in the answer explanation, the correct answer should be ‘increase sensitivity’ option C
upvoted 1 times

  Clodia 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  INDEAVR 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Correct is C
upvoted 2 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 month, 3 weeks ago


I would go C
upvoted 2 times

  sher72 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Should be C
If you increase the sensitivity, the algorithm is more sensitive to changes in your data. In that case, even a slight deviation is marked as an
anomaly.
upvoted 2 times

  June15 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Should be C
upvoted 4 times
  ThariCD 2 months, 3 weeks ago
Selected Answer: C
Should be sensitivity setting, so answer C
upvoted 4 times

  div4lyfe 2 months, 3 weeks ago


C. Increase the sensitivity setting
upvoted 4 times

  emmanuelkech 2 months, 3 weeks ago


C. Increase the Sensitivity setting

This is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Manikom 2 months, 3 weeks ago


correct answer is C.
expected range transparency is an anomaly's format feature
upvoted 4 times
Question #46 Topic 3

You maintain a Power BI workspace that contains a supplier quality dashboard. The dashboard contains 10 card visuals, two map visuals and five
bar chart visuals.
The dashboard mobile layout is shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

You need to modify the dashboard mobile layout to meet the following requirements:
✑ Only show single-value visuals.
✑ Minimize scrolling.
What should you do?

A. Decrease the size of the card visuals. Remove the map and bar chart visuals.

B. Decrease the size of the map and bar chart visuals. Move all the card visuals to the top of the layout.

C. Remove the card visuals. Increase the size of the map and bar chart visuals.

D. Move the bar chart visuals to the top of the layout. Remove the map visuals. Decrease the size of the card visuals.

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  lukelin08 3 days, 23 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 6 days, 18 hours ago


as the requirements, show only value, so A, remove map and charts.
upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Selected Answer: A
Should be A
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


Agree with A
upvoted 4 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #47 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report.


You have a table named Data1 that contains 10 million rows.
Data1 is used in the following visuals:
✑ A card that shows the number of records
✑ A bar chart that shows total transaction amount by territory
✑ A scatter plot that shows transaction amount and profit amount on the axes and points colored by territory
You need to modify the scatter plot to make it easier for users to identify meaningful patterns. The solution must not affect the accuracy of the
other visuals.
What should you do?

A. Add a count field of the transaction amount to the size bucket of the scatter plot.

B. Add a trend line to the scatter plot.

C. Enable high-density sampling on the scatter plot.

D. Apply a row filter to the Data1 query in Power Query Editor.

Correct Answer: B
A trend line is a straight line that best represents the points on a scatterplot. The trend line may go through some points but need not go
through them all. The trend line is used to show the pattern of the data. This trend line may show a positive trend or a negative trend.
Reference:
https://flexbooks.ck12.org/cbook/ck-12-interactive-middle-school-math-8-for-ccss/section/6.3/related/lesson/use-a-scatterplot-to-interpret-
data-msm8/

Community vote distribution


C (54%) B (46%)

  Booster21 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
The solution must not affect the accuracy of the other visuals as required, and " C. Enable high-density sampling on the scatter plot." would
reflect the shape of the scatter plot.
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 3 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: C
This question requires "modification" of the scatter plot and what high-density sampling essentially does is to employ methods that capture and
represent the underlying data more effectively and eliminates overlapping points.
Remember that the table named Data1 contains 10 million rows. How do you represent all that data in a scatter plot in a meaningful pattern for
easy understanding and analysis? by use of high density sampling.
"By definition, high-density data is sampled to create visualizations reasonably quickly that are responsive to interactivity. Too many data points
on a visual can bog it down, and can detract from the visibility of trends".
This link explains it more: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-high-density-scatter-charts#how-high-density-
scatter-charts-work
upvoted 2 times

  KobeData 4 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: C
When using the High Density Sampling algorithm for scatter charts, accurate distribution of the data is the goal, and implied visual density is not
the goal. For example, you might see a scatter chart with lots of circles that overlap (density) in a certain area, and imagine many data points
must be clustered there; since the High Density Sampling algorithm can use one circle to represent many data points, such implied visual density
(or "clustering") will not show up. To get more detail in a given area, you can use slicers to zoom in. Would go with C on this one, B would be to
spot a trend. C would be accurate since it makes users more likely to spot patterns.
upvoted 3 times

  Namenick10 1 month ago


Selected Answer: B
Should be B.
upvoted 2 times

  Manzy2599 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 3 times
  Clodia 1 month, 2 weeks ago
Selected Answer: C
The correct answer should be C - Enable high-density sampling on the scatter plot.
Trend line is only available if the X axis is time and type is "Continuous", in this case the option is not available.
upvoted 2 times

  Fer079 1 month, 1 week ago


You are wrong. Trend line is available even if the X axis is not time.
You can see this example:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMTAIHBtB80

So Trend line is the best option


upvoted 2 times
Question #48 Topic 3

You have a Power BI workspace named Inventory that contains a dataset, a report, and a dashboard.
You need to add an additional tile to the dashboard. The tile must show inventory by location. This information is NOT visualized in the report. The
solution must minimize the impact on the report.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Ask a question by using Q&A.

B. Hide the report page.

C. Pin the visual to the dashboard.

D. Use quick insights on the dashboard.

E. Add the visual to the report.

Correct Answer: AC
In the Power BI service (app.powerbi.com), a dashboard contains tiles pinned from one or more datasets, so you can ask questions about any
of the data contained in any of those datasets. T
The answer to your question is displayed as an interactive visualization and updates as you modify the question.
Open a dashboard and place your cursor in the question box. Even before you start typing, Q&A displays a new screen with suggestions to help
you form your question. You see phrases and complete questions containing the names of the tables in the underlying datasets and may even
see complete questions listed if the dataset owner has created featured questions,

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-tutorial-q-and-a

Community vote distribution


AC (100%)

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: AC
TESTED
upvoted 9 times
  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago
Selected Answer: AC
Tested and is correct
upvoted 1 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #49 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -
You have a dataset named Pens that contains the following columns:
✑ Item
✑ Unit Price
✑ Quantity Ordered
You need to create a visualization that shows the relationship between Unit Price and Quantity Ordered. The solution must highlight orders that
have a similar unit price and ordered quantity.
Which type of visualization and which feature should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: A scatter plot of Quantity Ordered and Unit Price by item


A scatter chart shows the relationship between two numerical values.
Note: Scatter charts are a great choice:
To show relationships between two numerical values.
To plot two groups of numbers as one series of x and y coordinates.
To use instead of a line chart when you want to change the scale of the horizontal axis.
To turn the horizontal axis into a logarithmic scale.
To display worksheet data that includes pairs or grouped sets of values.
To show patterns in large sets of data, for example by showing linear or non-linear trends, clusters, and outliers.
To compare large numbers of data points without regard to time. The more data that you include in a Scatter chart, the better the comparisons
that you can make.
Box 2: Automatically find clusters
Scatter charts are a great choice:
* To show patterns in large sets of data, for example by showing linear or non-linear trends, clusters, and outliers.
Reference:
https://github.com/Microsoft/powerbi-visuals-corrplot/

  lukelin08 2 days, 2 hours ago


Given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


Agree with it
upvoted 2 times

  Clodia 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #50 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report that contains three pages named Page1, Page2, and Page3. All the pages have the same slicers.
You need to ensure that all the filters applied to Page1 apply to Page1 and Page3 only.
What should you do?

A. On each page, modify the interactions of the slicer.

B. Enable visibility of the slicers on Page1 and Page3. Disable visibility of the slicer on Page2.

C. Sync the slicers on Page1 and Page3.

Correct Answer: A
Control which page visuals are affected by slicers
By default, slicers on report pages affect all the other visualizations on that page, including each other. As you choose values in the list and
date slicers that you just created, notice the effects on the other visualizations. The filtered data is an intersection of the values selected in
both slicers.
Use visual interactions to exclude some page visualizations from being affected by others. On the Overview page, the Total Sales Variance by
FiscalMonth and
District Manager chart shows overall comparative data for district managers by month, which is information that you want to keep visible. Use
visual interactions to keep slicer selections from filtering this chart.
1. Go to the Overview page of the report, and then select the DM slicer you previously created.
2. On the Power BI Desktop menu, select the Format menu under Visual Tools, and then select Edit interactions.
3. Filter controls, each with a Filter and a None option, appear above all the visuals on the page. Initially, the Filter option is preselected on all
the controls.
4. Select the None option in the filter control above the Total Sales Variance by FiscalMonth and District Manager chart to stop the DM slicer
from filtering it.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-slicers

Community vote distribution


C (100%)
  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago
Selected Answer: C
C. Sync the slicers on Page1 and Page3.
upvoted 22 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: C
C is the most suitable answer
upvoted 1 times

  disndat7 4 days, 17 hours ago


Selected Answer: C
Happy with C. A could work but no one would do that in real life.
upvoted 2 times

  Mazhar332 1 month, 1 week ago


C is the correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  June15 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Why C is not correct?
upvoted 3 times

  olajor 2 months, 2 weeks ago


C is correct
upvoted 5 times
Topic 4 - Question Set 4

Question #1 Topic 4

HOTSPOT -
You have a Power BI tenant that hosts the datasets shown in the following table.

You have the following requirements:


The export of reports that contain Personally Identifiable Information (PII) must be prevented.
Data used for financial decisions must be reviewed and approved before use.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-security-sensitivity-label-overview

  Hannahhhhhh Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Correct
upvoted 11 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Given answer is correct.
Yes
No
Yes
upvoted 1 times

  Jay_98_11 1 week, 4 days ago


correct
upvoted 1 times
  Wadyba 2 weeks, 2 days ago
Correct - why can't somebody edit their comment
upvoted 1 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks, 2 days ago


NO, NO, Yes
upvoted 1 times

Question #2 Topic 4

You have a Power BI tenant.


You have reports that use financial datasets and are exported as PDF files.
You need to ensure that the reports are encrypted.
What should you implement?

A. Microsoft Intune policies

B. row-level security (RLS)

C. sensitivity labels

D. dataset certifications

Correct Answer: C
When you create a sensitivity label, you can restrict access to content that the label will be applied to.
When a document or email is encrypted, access to the content is restricted, so that it:
Can be decrypted only by users authorized by the label's encryption settings.
Remains encrypted no matter where it resides, inside or outside your organization, even if the file's renamed.
Incorrect:
Not B: Row-level security (RLS) with Power BI can be used to restrict data access for given users. Filters restrict data access at the row level,
and you can define filters within roles.
Current limitations for row-level security:
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/compliance/encryption-sensitivity-labels

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  Hannahhhhhh Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


C is correct
upvoted 10 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks, 2 days ago


correct
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Agreed
upvoted 2 times
Question #3 Topic 4

You have a Microsoft Excel file on a file server.


You create a Power BI report and import a table from the Excel file.
You publish the report.
You need to ensure that the data refreshes every four hours.
What should you do first?

A. Upload the Excel file to a Power BI workspace.

B. Create a subscription to the report.

C. Deploy an on-premises data gateway.

D. Edit the data source credentials.

Correct Answer: C
You can scheduled refresh for the On-premises data gateway (personal mode) and the On-premises data gateway. You specify refresh options
in the following areas of the Power BI service: Gateway connection, Data source credentials, and Scheduled refresh.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  lukelin08 2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 week, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C. Deploy an on-premises data gateway. is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


Correct
upvoted 3 times

  dorypl300 1 month, 1 week ago


For on-premises data sources we need a data gateway.
We have a Microsoft Excel file on a file server, so the answer is C.
upvoted 4 times
Question #4 Topic 4

You have a dataset that is used infrequently and refreshes every hour.
You receive a notification that the refresh was disabled due to inactivity.
Which two actions will cause the scheduled refresh schedule to resume? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Enable query caching for the dataset.

B. Import the dataset to Microsoft Excel.

C. From the Power BI service, open a dashboard that uses the dataset.

D. From the Power BI service, open a report that uses the dataset.

E. From PowerShell, run the get-powerbireport cmdlet.

Correct Answer: CD
After two months of inactivity, scheduled refresh on your dataset is paused. A dataset is considered inactive when no user has visited any
dashboard or report built on the dataset. At that time, the dataset owner is sent an email indicating the scheduled refresh is paused. The
refresh schedule for the dataset is then displayed as disabled. To resume scheduled refresh, simply revisit any dashboard or report built on the
dataset.
Incorrect:
Not E: get-powerbireport retrieves a list of Power BI reports that match the specified search criteria and scope.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh

Community vote distribution


CD (100%)

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: CD
Correct. Thank you.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh#scheduled-refresh
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: CD
Correct answer given
upvoted 1 times
Question #5 Topic 4

You have a Power BI workspace that contains a dataset, a report, and a dashboard. The following groups have access:
✑ External users can access the dashboard.
✑ Managers can access the dashboard and a manager-specific report.
✑ Employees can access the dashboard and a row-level security (RLS) constrained report.
You need all users, including the external users, to be able to tag workspace administrators if they identify an issue with the dashboard. The
solution must ensure that other users see the issues that were raised.
What should you use?

A. comments

B. chat in Microsoft Teams

C. alerts

D. subscriptions

Correct Answer: A
Add a personal comment or start a conversation about a dashboard or report with your colleagues. The comment feature is just one of the
ways a business user can collaborate with others.
Note: Comments can be added to an entire dashboard, to individual visuals on a dashboard, to a report page, to a paginated report, and to
individual visuals on a report page. Add a general comment or add a comment targeted at specific colleagues.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-comment

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  lukelin08 2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 6 days, 18 hours ago


Comment
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
Comments is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Andy4 1 month, 1 week ago


A is correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #6 Topic 4

You have a PBIX file that imports several tables from an Azure SQL database.
The data will be migrated to another Azure SQL database.
You need to change the connections in the PBIX file. The solution must minimize administrative effort.
What should you do?

A. From Power Query Editor, create new queries.

B. From Power Query Editor, modify the source of each query.

C. Create a PBIT file, open the file, and change the data sources when prompted.

D. Modify the Data source settings.

Correct Answer: D
Open the PBIX file with Microsoft Power BI Desktop.
Then choose File -> Options and settings -> Data source settings >Right click data sources and change source.
Note:
Incorrect:
Not C: PBIT is a template file.
The PBIT file keeps your report structure and contains 'DataModelSchema File' instead of ''DataModel File''. However, If you choose import
mode, the PBIX file stores all imported data from data sources and the report structure.
Reference:
https://windowsreport.com/open-pbix-file/

Community vote distribution


D (90%) 10%

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
Answer is correct
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Mazhar332 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
I guess C is the correct answer. Since you need to minimize administrative effort of user.
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


D. Modify the Data source settings. is correct.
upvoted 4 times
Question #7 Topic 4

You have a Power BI workspace that contains several reports.


You need to provide a user with the ability to create a dashboard that will use the visuals from the reports.
What should you do?

A. Create a row-level security (RLS) role and add the user to the role.

B. Share the reports with the user.

C. Grant the Read permission for the datasets to the user.

D. Add the user as a member of the workspace.

E. Add the user as a Viewer of the workspace.

Correct Answer: D
To grant access to a new workspace, assign those user groups or individuals to one of the workspace roles: Admin, Member, Contributor, or
Viewer.

Workspace roles -

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  lukelin08 2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ItsMeScripting 1 week ago


I think it might be B. This would allow the user to pin visuals to a dashboard the user creates outside of the workspace
upvoted 1 times

  ItsMeScripting 1 week ago


Or even option E. This would allow the user to pin the visuals to a dashboard in their private workspace?
upvoted 1 times

  DiRNiS 2 weeks, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: D
D would be the correct answer in this case.
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


D. Add the user as a member of the workspace. is the correct answer.
upvoted 2 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
Contributor is the lowest possible role to create dashboards, but the answers only provide Member as a role, so this is it.
upvoted 2 times
Question #8 Topic 4

DRAG DROP -
You have a Power BI workspace that contains a single-page report named Sales.
You need to add all the visuals from Sales to a dashboard. The solution must ensure that additional visuals added to the page are added
automatically to the dashboard.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

An entire report page can be pinned to a dashboard, which is called pinning a live tile. It's called a live tile because you can interact with the tile
on the dashboard.
Unlike with individual visualization tiles, changes made in the report are automatically synced with the dashboard.

Step 2: Open the Sales report -


Step 3: Pin the page.
1. Open a report in Editing view.
2. With no visualizations selected, from the menu bar, select Pin to a dashboard.
3. Pin the tile to an existing dashboard or to a new dashboard. Notice the highlighted text: Pin live page enables changes to reports to appear in
the dashboard tile when the page is refreshed.
4. Select Pin live. A Success message (near the top right corner) lets you know the page was added, as a tile, to your dashboard.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago


Open powerbi.com
Select sales report
Pin the page

Pinning the page means that it pins all visuals on the page. If you add more visuals to the report page they will also appear on the dashboard
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


The answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times
Question #9 Topic 4

You have a report in Power BI named report1 that is based on a shared dataset.
You need to minimize the risk of data exfiltration for report. The solution must prevent other reports from being affected.
What should you do?

A. Clear Allow recipients to share your dashboard and Allow users to build new content using the underlying datasets for the dataset.

B. Apply row-level security (RLS) to the shared dataset.

C. Select the Allow end users to export both summarized and underlying data from the service or Report Server Export data option for the
report.

D. Select the Don't allow end users to export any data from the service or Report Server Export data option for the report.

Correct Answer: D
Besides the various permissions you can set, there are also two different options to disable the export functionality. First of all is the Export
data in general and second the Export to Excel as a specific setting. Both have the same setup for permissions

Export Data -

Reference:
https://data-marc.com/2020/04/13/power-bi-governance-why-you-should-consider-to-disable-export-to-excel/

Community vote distribution


D (92%) 8%

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
To set this options:
in Power BI Desktop -> File -> Options and Settings -> Options
Current File -> Report Settings
There you'll find "Export data" section and 3 options. The last one is "Don't allow end users to export any data from the service or Report server"
In PBI service, you can also allow or forbid to export data, but there the only option to prevent data from beeing exportet is "None".
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Orkhannnn 1 month ago


Selected Answer: D
D-Correct
upvoted 2 times

  Clodia 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
I think the answer should be A.
There is no option to "Don't allow end users to export any data from the service or Report Server Export data"
upvoted 1 times

  Clodia 1 month, 1 week ago


I was wrong - the answer is D
upvoted 6 times
Question #10 Topic 4

In Power BI Desktop, you are creating visualizations in a report based on an imported dataset.
You need to allow Power BI users to export the summarized data used to create the visualizations but prevent the users from exporting the
underlying data.
What should you do?

A. From the Power BI service, configure the dataset permissions.

B. From Power BI Desktop, configure the Data Load settings for the current file.

C. From Power BI Desktop, modify the data source permissions.

D. From Power BI Desktop, configure the Report settings for the current file.

Correct Answer: A
Dataset permissions in the Power BI service
The table below describes the four levels of permission that control access to datasets in the Power BI service.
* Reshare
Allows user to share the content of the dataset with other users who will get read, reshare, or build permissions for it.
* Read
* Build
* Write
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-permissions

Community vote distribution


D (88%) 13%

  June15 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
I think the answer should be D.

Reference: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-export-data?tabs=powerbi-desktop
upvoted 12 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  wzwd 2 days, 10 hours ago


Why the admin is not able to provide the correct answer?? Absolutely is D!
upvoted 1 times

  Pauwels 6 days, 3 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-export-data?tabs=powerbi-desktop
upvoted 1 times

  Orkhannnn 1 month ago


Selected Answer: D
in Power BI Desktop -> File -> Options and Settings -> Options
Current File -> Report Settings -> Export Data -> Allow end users to export data with current layout and summarized data from the Power BI
service or Power BI Report Server.
upvoted 3 times

  Mazhar332 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
A is the right answer.
As you need to do it from the Dataset level in PowerBI.com.
upvoted 3 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
D:

The export functionality can be disabled on several levels. First, Power BI Service admins can disable this functionality on tenant level. With that,
nobody will be able to export the data. More about that later. Second, as a dataset owner you can decide if you allow your users to export the
data. This is managed in dataset settings, but only changeable in Power BI desktop.

No matter what settings are applied in Power BI desktop, the tenant settings will overrule this. In the end the Power BI Service admin decides
what options are possible to use.

https://data-marc.com/2020/04/13/power-bi-governance-why-you-should-consider-to-disable-export-to-excel/
upvoted 4 times
  Manikom 2 months, 3 weeks ago
'to export the summarized data used to create the visualizations but prevent the users from exporting the underlying data' this is an option under
report setting in PowerBI Service... looks like the correct answer should be:.. In Power BI service configure the Report settings for the current
file.. but there is not such an answer in the options
upvoted 2 times
Question #11 Topic 4

You have a Power BI report that uses row-level security (RLS).


You need to transfer RLS membership maintenance to an Azure network security team. The solution must NOT provide the Azure network security
team with the ability to manage reports, datasets, or dashboards.
What should you do?

A. Grant the Read and Build permissions for the Power BI datasets to the Azure network security team.

B. Configure custom instructions for the Request access feature that instructs users to contact the Azure network security team.

C. Instruct the Azure network security team to create security groups. Configure RLS to use the groups.

D. Add the Azure network security team as members of the RLS role.

Correct Answer: C
Configure row-level security group membership, Working with members

Add members -
In the Power BI service, you can add a member to the role by typing in the email address or name of the user or security group.
You can use the following groups to set up row level security.

Distribution Group -

Mail-enabled Group -

Security Group -
Incorrect:
Not A: Build permission applies to datasets. When you give users Build permission, they can build new content on your dataset, such as reports,
dashboards, pinned tiles from Q&A, paginated reports, and Insights Discovery.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
It is common practice that the PBI developer creates RLS groups and instructs the network team to create the corresponding AD roles. Then the
developer assigns the AD groups to the RLS groups.
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


C is correct.
upvoted 2 times
Question #12 Topic 4

You have four sales regions. Each region has multiple sales managers.
You implement row-level security (RLS) in a data model. You assign the relevant mail-enabled security group to each role.
You have sales reports that enable analysis by region. The sales managers can view the sales records of their region. The sales managers are
prevented from viewing records from other regions.
A sales manager changes to a different region.
You need to ensure that the sales manager can see the correct sales data.
What should you do?

A. Change the Microsoft Power BI license type of the sales manager.

B. From Microsoft Power BI Desktop, edit the Row-Level Security setting for the reports.

C. Manage the permissions of the underlying dataset.

D. Request that the sales manager be added to the correct Azure Active Directory group.

Correct Answer: D
You can use the following groups to set up row level security.
* Distribution Group
* Mail-enabled Group - This group also contains a list of email addresses of members and can also be used to control access to OneDrive and
SharePoint.
The Mail-Enabled Security Group can be created in the Office 365 Admin Portal.
* Security Group - This is also known as an Active Directory Security Group. This group lives within Active Directory and Azure Active Directory.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls https://www.fourmoo.com/2020/04/01/power-bi-which-groups-can-
be-used-to-set-permissions-in-power-bi/

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Request that the sales manager be added to the correct Azure Active Directory group
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: D
D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 month, 2 weeks ago


l was wondering why not B?
upvoted 4 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 month, 2 weeks ago


SORRY why not A
upvoted 1 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 2 days ago


Why is A
upvoted 1 times
Question #13 Topic 4

You have more than 100 published datasets.


Ten of the datasets were verified to meet your corporate quality standards.
You need to ensure that the 10 verified datasets appear at the top of the list of published datasets whenever users search for existing datasets.
What should you do?

A. Promote the datasets.

B. Certify the datasets.

C. Feature the dataset on the home page.

D. Publish the datasets in an app.

Correct Answer: B
Once logged in, you will be presented with a list of datasets that you can access from your various workspaces. This is one reason why having
official datasets promoted and certified is recommended, as these will appear at the top of the list, with certified datasets appearing before
promoted datasets.
Note: Power BI provides two ways you can endorse your valuable, high-quality content to increase its visibility: promotion and certification.
Promotion: Promotion is a way to highlight content you think is valuable and worthwhile for others to use. It encourages the collaborative use
and spread of content within an organization.
Any content owner, as well as any member with write permissions on the workspace where the content is located, can promote the content
when they think it's good enough for sharing.
Certification: Certification means that the content meets the organization's quality standards and can be regarded as reliable, authoritative, and
ready for use across the organization.
Currently it is possible to endorse

Datasets -

Dataflows -

Reports -

Apps -
If dataset discoverability has been enabled in your organization, endorsed datasets can be made discoverable. When a dataset is discoverable,
users who don't have access to it will be able to find it and request access.
Reference:
https://exceleratorbi.com.au/new-power-bi-reports-golden-dataset/ https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-
endorse-content

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  lukelin08 2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct per the explanation in the answer
upvoted 1 times

  chloen203 1 week, 3 days ago


I thinks its A
upvoted 1 times

  ivanb94 3 weeks, 2 days ago


Not too intuitive but true: "Certified datasets make it easier for organizations to steer users toward trusted and authoritative datasets. This "stamp
of approval" for a dataset can only be applied by a specific group of Power BI users as defined in a new tenant setting. Once a dataset is
certified, it shows up prominently in the new dataset discovery experience, making sure report authors can effortlessly find and leverage these
high-quality sources of data." - from: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/business-applications-release-notes/october18/intelligence-
platform/power-bi-service/shared-certified-datasets
upvoted 2 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times
Question #14 Topic 4

DRAG DROP -
You have a Microsoft Power BI workspace.
You need to grant the user capabilities shown in the following table.

The solution must use the principle of least privilege.


Which user role should you assign to each user? To answer, drag the appropriate roles to the correct users. Each role may be used once, more than
once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Member -
Only Admin and Member can publish, unpublish, and change permissions for an app.
Incorrect:
Contributors can update the app associated with the workspace, if the workspace Admin delegates this permission to them. However, they can't
publish a new app or change who has permission to it.

Box 2: Contributor -
Admin,Member and Contributor can create, edit, and delete content, such as reports, in the workspace.
Note: Contributor - This role can access and interact with reports and dashboards. Additionally, this role can create, edit, copy, and delete items
in a workspace, publish reports, schedule refreshes, and modify gateways.
Incorrect:
Viewer - This role provides read only access to workspace items. Read access does provide report / dashboard consumers the ability to not
only view, but also interact with visuals. Interaction does not mean changing a visual.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
https://www.mssqltips.com/sqlservertip/6487/power-bi-workspace-permissions-and-roles

  lukelin08 2 days, 2 hours ago


Answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


User 1: Member
User 2: Contributor
Answer is correct
upvoted 4 times
Question #15 Topic 4

You create a dashboard by using the Microsoft Power BI Service. The dashboard contains a card visual that shows total sales from the current
year.
You grant users access to the dashboard by using the Viewer role on the workspace.
A user wants to receive daily notifications of the number shown on the card visual.
You need to automate the notifications.
What should you do?

A. Create a subscription.

B. Create a data alert.

C. Share the dashboard to the user.

D. Tag the user in a comment.

Correct Answer: B
Set alerts to notify you when data in your dashboards changes beyond limits you set.
Alerts can only be set on tiles pinned from report visuals, and only on gauges, KPIs, and cards.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct, you need a subscription, not an alert as alerts don't include a snapshot and they will only be sent based on a certain condition
whereas here you want daily notifications, not just when the value exceeds a certain threshold.
upvoted 16 times

  lukelin08 2 days, 2 hours ago


Most Recent 
I think it can be 'B'. Because its alerting on Daily Sales which will change daily and trigger the notification. Also the question just asks for the
number shown on the card visual which an alert would do. The question doesnt ask for an entire snapshot of the dashboard which a subscription
would do.
upvoted 1 times

  INDEAVR 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Clodia 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  emmanuelkech 2 months, 3 weeks ago


A is the more accurate as the user wants to receive daily report not for a specific range
upvoted 4 times

  Manikom 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Correct answer should be A... a subscriptions, which allows you to receive email with a snapshot of a report or a dashboard, with the time
frequency you decide.

Alerts are only used when you set a threshold for a value and you need to be informed based on current value exceeding a limit
upvoted 4 times
Question #16 Topic 4

You have a Power BI workspace named Workspace1 that contains a dataset named DS1 and a report named RPT1.
A user wants to create a report by using the data in DS1 and publish the report to another workspace.
You need to provide the user with the appropriate access. The solution must minimize the number of access permissions granted to the user.
What should you do?

A. Add the user as a Viewer of Workspace1.

B. Grant the Build permission for DS1 to the user.

C. Share RPT1 with the user.

D. Add the user as a member of Workspace1.

Correct Answer: B
More granular permissions -
Power BI provides the Build permission as a complement to the existing permissions, Read and Reshare. All users who already had Read
permission for datasets via app permissions, sharing, or workspace access at that time also got Build permission for those same datasets.
They got Build permission automatically because Read permission already granted them the right to build new content on top of the dataset, by
using Analyze in Excel or Export.
With this more granular Build permission, you can choose who can only view the content in the existing report or dashboard and who can create
content connected to the underlying datasets.
If your dataset is being used by a report outside the dataset workspace, you can't delete that dataset. Instead, you see an error message.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  lukelin08 2 days, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: B
answer given is correct 'B'
upvoted 1 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


B is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Answer is correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #17 Topic 4

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.
You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.
Solution: You publish an app to the entire organization.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
Instead: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each selected report and the one dashboard to the
group.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  Fer079 Highly Voted  2 months ago


I would say YES, because I understand that we can add to the app the desired reports/dashboard.
And for the next question which given solution is "You enable included in app for all assets." is NO
upvoted 7 times

  INDEAVR Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
similar question, DA-100,topic 5, question 1, answer is YES
upvoted 3 times

  Fer079 2 months, 1 week ago


if we publish the app with just the needed dashboard and reports to the entire organization then the answer should be YES, but the question
does not say anything about the app must contain all the objects or the selected ones.
upvoted 4 times
Question #18 Topic 4

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.
You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.
Solution: You enable included in app for all assets.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
You need to specify the dashboard and the three reports to be included in the app.
Instead: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each selected report and the one dashboard to the
group.
Note: A published App can provide the required access.
When the dashboards and reports in your workspace are ready, you choose which dashboards and reports you want to publish, then publish
them as an app.
In Power BI, you can create official packaged content, then distribute it to a broad audience as an app. You create apps in workspaces, where
you can collaborate on Power BI content with your colleagues. Then you can publish the finished app to large groups of people in your
organization.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


The answer must be NO.
upvoted 1 times

  INDEAVR 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Similar question DA-100, topic 5, question 13, answer is No
upvoted 3 times
Question #19 Topic 4

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.
You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.
Solution: You assign all the users the Viewer role to the workspace.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A
Instead: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each selected report and the one dashboard to the
group.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

Community vote distribution


B (85%) A (15%)

  Manikom Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


this should be NO... in this way all users will see all workspace content not only the one dashboard and 3 reports
upvoted 18 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 month, 2 weeks ago


but they didn't say can not access other dashboard and reports, l would go YES
upvoted 2 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


"You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.
You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports."
The user have to have access to a subset of what is available in the workspace. The answer is No.
upvoted 1 times

  June15 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Agree.
upvoted 1 times

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
"You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.
You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports"

So we need to give access to a subset or reports and dashboards. If you give access to the workspace, they can see all. So answer is NO
upvoted 9 times

  INDEAVR Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Similar question in DA-100, topic 5, question 8, answer is No
upvoted 2 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
"You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.
You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports"

So we need to give access to a subset or reports and dashboards. If you give access to the workspace, they can see all. So answer is NO
upvoted 2 times

  zerone72 2 months, 1 week ago


The thing is that the question says: "You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports". It doesn't say
anything about preventing users from accessing the other reports and other dashboards. Moreover, it doesn't say anything about the workspace
containing other dashboards and reports either
upvoted 1 times
  Luffy561 2 months, 2 weeks ago
can someone tell me the answer that would be yes?
upvoted 1 times

  Dumi44 1 month, 4 weeks ago


"You publish an app to the entire organization."
upvoted 2 times
Question #20 Topic 4

From Power BI Desktop, you publish a new dataset and report to a Power BI workspace. The dataset has a row-level security (RLS) role named HR.
You need to ensure that the HR team members have RLS applied when they view reports based on the dataset.
What should you do?

A. From powerbi.com, add users to the HR role for the dataset.

B. From powerbi.com, share the dataset to the HR team members.

C. From Power BI Desktop, change the Row-Level Security settings.

D. From Power BI Desktop, import a table that contains the HR team members.

Correct Answer: A
Working with members -

Add members -
In the Power BI service, you can add a member to the role by typing in the email address or name of the user or security group.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution


A (88%) 13%

  lukelin08 2 days, 1 hour ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
"You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service". That automatically eliminates the option C.

Read here: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls#define-roles-and-rules-in-power-bi-desktop


upvoted 3 times

  juanceee 1 month ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  milb 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: C
Sorry correction C!
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 3 weeks ago


"You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service". That automatically eliminates the option
C.

Read here: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls#define-roles-and-rules-in-power-bi-desktop


upvoted 1 times

  milb 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


The answer is correct.
upvoted 1 times
Question #21 Topic 4

You have a Power BI dashboard that monitors the quality of manufacturing processes. The dashboard contains the following elements:
✑ A line chart that shows the number of defective products manufactured by day
✑ A KPI visual that shows the current daily percentage of defective products manufactured
You need to be notified when the daily percentage of defective products manufactured exceeds 3%.
What should you create?

A. a subscription

B. an alert

C. a smart narrative visual

D. a Q&A visual

Correct Answer: B
Set alerts in the Power BI service to notify you when data on a dashboard changes above or below limits you set. Alerts can be set on tiles
pinned from report visuals or from Power BI Q&A, and only on gauges, KPIs, and cards.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-alerts

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  lukelin08 2 days, 1 hour ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Homer_Jay 3 weeks, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: B
answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  powerbibuddy 3 weeks, 3 days ago


B is the correct answer
Create an alert
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 1 month, 1 week ago


Create an alert is correct.
upvoted 2 times
Question #22 Topic 4

You create a report by using Microsoft Power BI Desktop.


The report uses data from a Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) cube located on your company's internal network.
You plan to publish the report to the Power BI Service.
What should you implement to ensure that users who consume the report from the Power BI Service have the most up-to-date data from the cube?

A. an OData feed

B. an On-premises data gateway

C. a subscription

D. a scheduled refresh of the dataset

Correct Answer: B
After you install the on-premises data gateway, you need to add data sources that can be used with the gateway. You can work with gateways
and SQL Server
Analysis Services (SSAS) data sources that are used either for scheduled refresh or for live connections.
Note: Power BI service is a cloud-based business analytics and data visualization service that enables anyone to visualize and analyze data
with greater speed, efficiency, and understanding.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-gateway-enterprise-manage-ssas

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  lukelin08 2 days, 1 hour ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  INDEAVR 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
DA-100, topic 5, question 6, answer is B
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-gateway-enterprise-manage-ssas#use-the-data-source-with-live-connections
upvoted 3 times

  emmanuelkech 2 months, 3 weeks ago


D.a scheduled refresh of the dataset
This is more specific and appropriate as before this is achieved you need a gateway
upvoted 3 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


You can setup a live connection with an On-premise SSAS; the correct answer is B
upvoted 2 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks, 1 day ago


Connect Live is not the only option when you are SSAS, you can also import data. The question did not mention any of the connection
mode, so why are you assuming Connect Live. The question is; does on-premise gateway guarantee up-to-date data? For me I think the
right answer is D
upvoted 1 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 2 days ago


The question is "the most" up-to-date data.
upvoted 1 times
Question #23 Topic 4

You have five sales regions. Each region is assigned a single salesperson.
You have an imported dataset that has a dynamic row-level security (RLS) role named Sales. The Sales role filters sales transaction data by
salesperson.
Salespeople must see only the data from their region.
You publish the dataset to powerbi.com, set RLS role membership, and distribute the dataset and related reports to the salespeople.
A salesperson reports that she believes she should see more data.
You need to verify what data the salesperson currently sees.
What should you do?

A. Use the Test as role option to view data as the salesperson's user account.

B. Use the Test as role option to view data as the Sales role.

C. Instruct the salesperson to open the report in Microsoft Power BI Desktop.

D. Filter the data in the reports to match the intended logic in the filter on the sales transaction table.

Correct Answer: B
Validating the role within the Power BI service
You can validate that the role you defined is working correctly in the Power BI service by testing the role.
1. Select More options (...) next to the role.
2. Select Test data as role.

You'll see reports that are available for this role. Dashboards aren't shown in this view. In the page header, the role being applied is shown.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Answer should be A, to be able to see what the specific salesperson sees (and compare it to what she should see) you should test the report as
that user account since the RLS is dynamic and based on the user accounts.
upvoted 24 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 1 hour ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  nosalismus 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: A
After you clicked "Test as a Role", then you apply the user account email. That is even showed in the explanation but somehow ignored.
upvoted 4 times
Question #24 Topic 4

You have multiple dashboards.


You need to ensure that when users browse the available dashboards from powerbi.com, they can see which dashboards contain Personally
Identifiable
Information (PII). The solution must minimize configuration effort and impact on the dashboard design.
What should you use?

A. Microsoft Information Protection sensitivity labels

B. tiles

C. comments

D. Active Directory groups

Correct Answer: A
In the Power BI service, sensitivity labels can be applied to datasets, reports, dashboards, and dataflows.
Sensitivity labels on reports, dashboards, datasets, and dataflows are visible from many places in the Power BI service. Sensitivity labels on
reports and dashboards are also visible in the Power BI iOS and Android mobile apps and in embedded visuals. In Desktop, you can see the
sensitivity label in the status bar.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-security-sensitivity-label-overview

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  steladoynova Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct, DA-100, topic 5, question 2
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 1 hour ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 1 times
Question #25 Topic 4

HOTSPOT -
You have a dataset that has the permissions shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: use Analyze in Excel -


Build permission applies to datasets. When you give users Build permission, they can build new content on your dataset, such as reports,
dashboards, pinned tiles from Q&A, paginated reports, and Insights Discovery.
Users also need Build permissions to work with the data outside Power BI:
To export the underlying data.
To build new content on the dataset such as with Analyze in Excel.
To access the data via the XMLA endpoint.
Box 2: grant the Read permission for
The Corp group has read, share and rebuild permissions.
As a property of the Power BI App, you can allow users to share the app and underlying dataset with share permissions.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions https://data-marc.com/2021/07/30/transform-a-
local-into-a-global-power-bi-solution-request-access-to-content/

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


- Analyze in Excel
- Grant build permission
see: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions
"Say you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset. When you share a report or dashboard built on that dataset, you can specify that the
recipients also get Build permission for the underlying dataset."
upvoted 7 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Highly Voted 
Reshare Allows user to share the content of the dataset with other users who will get read, reshare, or build permissions for it

Analyze in Excel
Grant read permission for
upvoted 5 times

  shimmy_ 1 month, 1 week ago


Then shouldn't be "Grant BUILD permission"?
upvoted 1 times

  Hongzu13 Most Recent  4 weeks, 1 day ago


I took this from Ms documentation:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions

"Ways to give Build permission":


(...) Say you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset. When you share a report or dashboard built on that dataset, you can specify that
the recipients also get Build permission for the underlying dataset.

So the answer is:


- Analyze in Excel
- Grant build permission
upvoted 4 times

  steladoynova 1 month, 1 week ago


Answer is Correct.

"Users can create Sensitivity labels in the Microsoft 365 compliance center. Access to this feature in the Microsoft 365 compliance center is
available for admins of the Microsoft 365 of your organization."
So first is not sensitivity labels, and is not delete.

"Dataset owners can assign Build permission to specific users or security groups on the Manage permissions page. See Manage dataset access
permissions for detail."

So secons is not Build.


upvoted 2 times

  Aiti 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Say you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset. When you share a report or dashboard built on that dataset, you can specify that the
recipients also get Build permission for the underlying dataset. See Share Power BI reports and dashboards for detail.
- Build permission is right?
upvoted 2 times
Question #26 Topic 4

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that
might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.
You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.
Solution: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each selected report and the one dashboard to the
group.
Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B
Share with more than 100 separate users
At most, you can share with 100 users or groups in a single share action. However, you can give more than 500 users access to an item. Here
are some suggestions:
Share multiple times by specifying the users individually.
Share with a user group that contains all the users.
Create the report or dashboard in a workspace, then create an app from the workspace. You can share the app with many more people.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
This should be A. Yes, from the documentation a suggestion made there to share with more than 100 separate users is to "Share with a user
group that contains all the users."
upvoted 11 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days, 1 hour ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks, 1 day ago


Yes, it does
upvoted 1 times

  Lomfana 2 months ago


This should be A
upvoted 3 times

  emmanuelkech 2 months, 3 weeks ago


This should be YES
upvoted 4 times
Question #27 Topic 4

DRAG DROP -
You have a Power BI table named Customer that contains a field named Email Address.
You discover that multiple records contain the same email address.
You need to create a calculated column to identify which records have duplicate email addresses.
How should you complete the DAX expression for the calculated column? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets. Each value
may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

  lukelin08 2 days, 1 hour ago


Given answer tested and is correct
upvoted 1 times

  steladoynova 1 month, 1 week ago


Answer i s correct, tested.
upvoted 4 times
Topic 5 - Testlet 1

Question #1 Topic 5

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to create the required relationship for the executive's visual.
What should you do before you can create the relationship?

A. Change the data type of Sales[region_id] to Whole Number.

B. Change the data type of Sales[region_id] to Decimal Number.

C. In the Sales table, add a measure for Sum(sales_amount).

D. Change the data type of Sales[sales_id] to Text.

Correct Answer: A
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
The data type of Sales[region_id] must be changed from varchar to Whole Number, as Sales[region_id] is Integer.

Community vote distribution


A (88%) 13%

  Booster21 Highly Voted  1 month ago


A. Change the data type of Sales[region_id] to Whole Number. is correct, because the data type is INTEGER in Sales Region, Region_Manager
and Targets.
upvoted 6 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
Answer is correct
upvoted 5 times

  shakes103 Most Recent  2 weeks, 6 days ago


Selected Answer: A
Correct
upvoted 2 times

  Mazhar332 1 month ago


Selected Answer: D
I think it is 'D', since these are unique IDs, we can use them as a text.
upvoted 1 times
Question #2 Topic 5

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to get data from the Microsoft SQL Server tables.
What should you use to configure the connection?

A. Import that uses a Microsoft account

B. Import that uses a database credential

C. DirectQuery that uses a database credential

D. DirectQuery that uses the end-user's credentials

Correct Answer: D
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
With DirectQuery, queries are sent back to your Azure SQL Database as you explore the data in the report view.
After you publish an Azure SQL DirectQuery dataset to the service, you can enable single sign-on (SSO) using Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)
OAuth2 for your end users.
When the SSO option is enabled and your users access reports built atop the data source, Power BI sends their authenticated Azure AD
credentials in the queries to the Azure SQL database or data warehouse. This option enables Power BI to respect the security settings that are
configured at the data source level.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-azure-sql-database-with-direct-connect

Community vote distribution


C (60%) D (40%)

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


I think it should be: C. DirectQuery that uses a database credential
If you used the credentials of the user (D) then all users would need to be created in the database.
upvoted 12 times

  lucadiodoardo 3 days, 19 hours ago


Most Recent 
why direct query and not import?
upvoted 1 times

  Maverick7513 1 week, 4 days ago


Question says we have to get data from Microsoft SQL Server and not from Azure SQL. Shouldn't it be database credentials and import mode
then ?
upvoted 1 times

  Homer_Jay 3 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: C
Should be C. Read Mizaan's comments
upvoted 3 times

  JohnHail 3 weeks, 3 days ago


In my opinion it should be C. If this would be D, all end users would need to have access to the database which I believe is not good approach.
upvoted 2 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
It's a little confusing.
It says in the infos that there is an Azure SQL database (cloud) and Azure AD is used to authenticate users. But in the question it says Microsoft
SQL Server, which is on-premises ... strange.
If it's a writing error and Azure SQL database is meant in the question as well, I would go for answer D.
When you follow the link in the explanation of the solution provided, there is stated that you can enable SSO, so that end users use their own
OAuth2 credentials.

Anyway, if Microsoft SQL Server is meant actually, you can also enable AD SSO via Kerberos, but I'm not sure if this is the best solution.
upvoted 2 times
Topic 6 - Testlet 10

Question #1 Topic 6

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to create the dataset.
Which dataset mode should you use?
A. Import

B. DirectQuery

C. Composite

D. live connection

Correct Answer: C
The three dataset modes are:

Import -

DirectQuery -

Composite -

Composite mode -
Composite mode can mix Import and DirectQuery modes, or integrate multiple DirectQuery data sources. Models developed in Composite mode
support configuring the storage mode for each model table. This mode also supports calculated tables (defined with DAX).
The table storage mode can be configured as Import, DirectQuery, or Dual. A table configured as Dual storage mode is both Import and
DirectQuery, and this setting allows the Power BI service to determine the most efficient mode to use on a query-by-query basis.
Note: A single dataset must support all three reports.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products -

Top Customers -

On-Time Shipping -
Incorrect:
* DirectQuery mode is an alternative to Import mode. Models developed in DirectQuery mode don't import data. Instead, they consist only of
metadata defining the model structure. When the model is queried, native queries are used to retrieve data from the underlying data source.
* Import
However, while there are compelling advantages associated with Import models, there are disadvantages, too:
The entire model must be loaded to memory before Power BI can query the model, which can place pressure on available capacity resources,
especially as the number and size of Import models grow

Community vote distribution


A (54%) C (46%)

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
You wouldn't use composite for all. I would say import as the SQL Server data is only 2GB and excel is really small. Also, only need it refreshing
once a day so this dataset is very small. Answer is A (Import)
upvoted 6 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


Another key sentence is "The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization."
Using DirectQuery increases the latency when interacting with a viz, because the data needs to be fetched from the source at every refresh,
an issue which doesn't exist when the data is imported. A is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  ivanb94 1 week, 5 days ago


what do you mean by "all"? The technical requirements state that all reports must be supported by a SINGLE dataset and that one will
definitely exceed the 1GB limit.
upvoted 1 times

  powerbibuddy 2 weeks ago


Capacity for import is 1 GB, so How can we use Import for 2GB data
upvoted 1 times
  shakes103 Most Recent  2 weeks, 6 days ago
Selected Answer: C
Composite Model means now you can have a model, that very large tables of that are coming from the DirectQuery connection, without the need
for importing, and small tables to be imported to be accessible quickly.

In this case, Composite fits perfect. Source1 is 2GB, which is relatively too large for daily updates and way larger than Source2 which is only
5MB.
upvoted 4 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 month ago


Selected Answer: C
Answer C is correct:
"A composite model in Power BI means part of your model can be a DirectQuery connection to a data source (for example, SQL Server
database), and another part as Import Data (for example, an Excel file)."
https://radacad.com/composite-model-directquery-and-import-data-combined-evolution-begins-in-power-
bi#:~:text=A%20composite%20model%20in%20Power,data%20source%20into%20the%20model.
upvoted 2 times

  juanceee 1 month ago


Selected Answer: A
As it's said, the report should be refreshed once a day and at specific time
upvoted 1 times
Question #2 Topic 6

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.
The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to configure access for the sales department users. The solution must the meet the security requirements.
What should you do?
A. Share each report to the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department.

B. Add the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department as an Admin of the reports workspace.

C. Distribute an app to the users in the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department.

D. Add the sales department as a member of the reports workspace.

Correct Answer: B
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
‫ג‬€¢ Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
‫ג‬€¢ Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
‫ג‬€¢ Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
‫ג‬€¢ Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Community vote distribution
D (73%) A (27%)

  Clodia Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: D
I think it should be D - Add the sales department as a member of the reports workspace.
For the actions they need to perform (edit reports, publish app, etc) the Member role would be the least privilege
upvoted 8 times

  Fer079 1 month, 1 week ago


But a member cannot "Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports" , right?
upvoted 4 times

  shimmy_ 1 month, 1 week ago


As per my understanding members can do it.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 1 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 2 days ago


Nope. Only Admin can mangage the permissions for workspaces.
upvoted 1 times

  ItsMeScripting Most Recent  1 day, 11 hours ago


The answer is C. It's a trick question. It asks how the access for the sales department USERS needs to be set up. This requires RLS to work, and
RLS won't work when they are member or admin. The requirements listed that require admin rights refer to the sales DEPARTMENT, not to the
sales USERS.
upvoted 1 times

  disndat7 4 days, 2 hours ago


I believe Admin Access must be given to the Sales Department staff as they must be able to "Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and
reports.". With member access they can only manage dataset permission and add members or others (with lower permissions) to the workspace
(not remove, etc...). Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


I cannot find the right answer .

"The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app."

The above tells me it should at least have Member access.

"Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees
table."

The above tells me they should have at most Viewer access. Member access overrides any RLS that is set up, and the sales department would
view all data.
upvoted 2 times

  ivanb94 2 weeks, 1 day ago


One more note why it is not B: Admin access overwrites RLS so the whole RLS configuration with username would be pointless (RLS works only
on the viewer level).
upvoted 1 times
  ptrprc 2 weeks, 1 day ago
I think the correct is "B. Add the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department as an Admin of the reports workspace." because only
Admin can "Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace." which is basically "Add or remove people, including other
admins." from role as they're explained here: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 1 times

  ivanb94 2 weeks, 5 days ago


My concern with D is that members cannot add or remove ppl form the workspace, only admins can. And the following security requirement
"Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace." implies the sales ppl need to do exactly that, doesn't it?
upvoted 1 times

  susunz 1 month ago


"Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace." is the requirement, therefore, D is the right answer.
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month ago


B is the correct answer.
upvoted 3 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
I think this should be A. A. Share each report to the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department. Giving them admin is not a good idea
as not the least priv and you may not want them to see everything in the workspace.
upvoted 3 times
Question #3 Topic 6

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.
The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You need to create a solution to meet the notification requirements of the warehouse shipping department.
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: dashboard -
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
You can set alerts to notify you when data in your dashboards changes beyond limits you set.

Box 2: data alert -


Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago


You can't set alerts on reports, only dashboards. And must be a data alert.
So:
Dashboard
Data alert
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days ago


Answers given are correct
Dashboard
Data alert
upvoted 1 times

  juanceee 1 month ago


Answere correct.
Dashboard
Data alert
upvoted 3 times
Topic 7 - Testlet 2

Question #1 Topic 7

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
You need to create the relationship between the product list and the revenue results. The solution must minimize the time it takes to render
visuals.
What should you set as the relationship cardinality?

A. One to one

B. Many to many

C. Many to one

D. One to many

Correct Answer: D
One product in the product list can occur many times in the revenue results.
Note 1: One to many (1:*): In a one-to-many relationship, the column in one table has only one instance of a particular value, and the other
related table can have more than one instance of a value.
Note 2:
Revenue data is provided at the date and product level.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time -


The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-create-and-manage-relationships

Community vote distribution


D (100%)
  lukelin08 2 days ago
Selected Answer: D
correct answer is D one-to-many
upvoted 1 times

  disndat7 4 days, 2 hours ago


Agreed with given Answer
upvoted 1 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 month ago


Selected Answer: D
Correct D - One to Many
upvoted 3 times
Question #2 Topic 7

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.
Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You need to create a measure that returns the percent of revenue by product category.
How should you complete the measure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -
CALCULATE evaluates an expression in a modified filter context.
Syntax: CALCULATE(<expression>[, <filter1> [, <filter2> [, ‫ג‬€¦]]])

Box 2: REMOVEFILTERS -
REMOVEFILTERS clear filters from the specified tables or columns.

Box 3: DIVIDE -
DIVIDE performs a division.
Example: MEASURE FactInternetSales[%Sales] = DIVIDE([TotalSales], CALCULATE([TotalSales],REMOVEFILTERS()))
Note: The RETURN keyword consumes variables defined in previous VAR statements.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/removefilters-function-dax https://dax.guide/st/return/

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Explanation and answer incorrect for the second function, REMOVEFILTERS in the explanation isn't part of the options, instead it should be ALL
to remove any context from the calculation. So the final formula should be
VAR AllCategoryRev =
CALCULATE(SUM([Revenue]),
ALL(ProductList[ProductCategory]))
RETURN
DIVIDE(SUM([Revenue]), AllCategoryRev)
upvoted 16 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Highly Voted 
ALL[ProductCategory] is the correct option in the second dropdown.

ALLEXCEPT - Removes all context filters in the table except filters that have been applied to the specified columns; so It's wrong and we
wouldn't get All the revenue for the divide measure, but only row level ProductCategory revenue
upvoted 5 times
Question #3 Topic 7

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.
Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
DRAG DROP -
Once the profit and loss dataset is created, which four actions should you perform in sequence to ensure that the business unit analysts see the
appropriate profit and loss data? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the
correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: From BI Desktop, create four roles


You can define roles and rules within Power BI Desktop.
Step 2: From BI Desktop, add a Table Filter DAX Expression to the roles.
To define security roles, follow these steps.
1. From the Modeling tab, select Manage Roles.
2. Select Manage Roles
3. From the Manage roles window, select Create.
4. Select Create
5. Under Roles, provide a name for the role.
6. Under Tables, select the table to which you want to apply a DAX rule.
7. In the Table filter DAX expression box, enter the DAX expressions. This expression returns a value of true or false. For example: [Entity ID] =
‫ג‬€Value‫ג‬€.
After you've created the DAX expression, select the checkmark above the expression box to validate the expression.
8. Select Save.
Step 3: From powerbi.com, add role members to the roles.
You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service.
Step 4: From BI Desktop, publish the dataset to powerbi.com
Now that you're done validating the roles in Power BI Desktop, go ahead and publish your report to the Power BI service.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


1) Create four roles
2) add DAX filters
3) publish
4) add role members

Contributor role give analysts a possibility to save reports to a workspace, which is not permitted by requirements
upvoted 32 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 month, 2 weeks ago


'Analysts must NOT be able to share' so the role could be Contributor. Member can share. l would go :
1) Create four roles
2) add DAX filters
3) publish
4) assign the Contributor role
upvoted 3 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


If you assign the Contributor role to a user, the RLS will be overriden and the user will see all the data.

"Workspace members assigned Admin, Member, or Contributor have edit permission for the dataset and, therefore, RLS doesn’t apply to
them. If you want RLS to apply to people in a workspace, you can only assign them the Viewer role."

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls
upvoted 2 times

  Manikom Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


'From powerbi.com, add role members to the roles' this should be last action.
You need to publish the dataset first to have it available to PowerBI service
upvoted 9 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days ago


1) Create four roles
2) add DAX filters
3) publish
4) add role members
upvoted 1 times

  Jay_98_11 1 week, 3 days ago


1. Publish
2. create role
3. add DAX filters
4. add members to roles
upvoted 2 times

  Aksana 1 month, 2 weeks ago


I would go with this approach:
https://vceguide.com/case-study-125/
upvoted 1 times

  ecwang 2 months, 2 weeks ago


1) From Power BI Desktop publish
2) create four roles
3) add a Table filter DAX expression
4) From powerbi.com, add role members to the roles
upvoted 3 times
Question #4 Topic 7

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.
Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
Which DAX expression should you use to get the ending balances in the balance sheet reports?

A. CALCULATE ( SUM( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ), LASTDATE ( 'Date'[Date] ) )

B. CALCULATE ( SUM( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ), DATESQTD('Date'[Date]) )

C. FIRSTNONBLANK ('Date'[Date] SUM( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ) )

D. CALCULATE ( MAX( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ), LASTDATE ('Date'[Date] ))

Correct Answer: B
Use the CALCULATE, the SUM, and the DATESQTD functions.
DATESQTD returns a table that contains a column of the dates for the quarter to date, in the current context.
Syntax: DATESQTD(<dates>)
Note: At least one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for
the previous quarter.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/datesqtd-function-dax

Community vote distribution


A (58%) B (42%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


A) - LASTDATE()
as we do not sum the balances of last 3 months
upvoted 18 times

  Tsuk 2 months ago


A) I agree with term of “balance” and it doesn’t make sense to roll up 3 months snapshot of asset value or ending balance.
upvoted 1 times

  olajor 2 months, 2 weeks ago


no B is correct as you want the sum of the last 3 months. "At least one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must
show the ending balances for the quarter"
upvoted 10 times

  Lewiasskick 1 week, 4 days ago


why we should add up the end balance of balance sheet account
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
Balance is a semi-additive measure! It is summed by other dimensions but not over time.
LASTDATE() returns the last date of the filtered period and that represents exactly what we need: the balance of the month if a month is filtered,
the balance of the quarter if a quarter is filtered, and so on.
SQLBI has a good example here: https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/semi-additive-measures-in-dax/
upvoted 5 times
  TZCT1FX Most Recent  1 week ago
A). A balance sheet is a snapshot of the business. The end of month december balance is the same as the Q4 balance. Using DATESQTD creates
a running total, summing Oct, nov and december. This is not correct.
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: A
It doesn't make sense to sum balance amounts. For instance, if I have 1000€ in my bank account and make zero transactions for an entire week,
my balance at the end of the week would be 1000€, not 7000€. We need to use LASTDATE, because my balance at the end of the week is my
balance at the last day of the week.
Have a look additive, semi-additive, and non-additive measures.
upvoted 2 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks, 1 day ago


A. since we do not sum up balances, the LastDate function will pick the balance for the last day of the quarter
upvoted 2 times

  KobeData 4 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: B
Lastdate returns a single row and single column date. Wouldn't do the trick. you want the dates from the quarter so QTD
upvoted 2 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 1 day ago


But balance sheet is a snapshot. It doesn't make sense to sum up the past 3 months' figure together.
upvoted 1 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 month ago


Selected Answer: B
B) DATESQTD

The Balance sheet report is a quarterly report so it needs to have the sum of the last three months. The Balances table is reporting in monthly
intervals, so it needs to be summed up to produce a quarterly result. That is where DATESQTD comes in, as it states: "Returns a table that
contains a column of the dates for the quarter to date, in the current context." LASTDATE() will instead produce a result: "Returns the last date in
the current context for the specified column of dates." Which would only show the last month's result.
upvoted 3 times
Topic 8 - Testlet 3

Question #1 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to create relationships to meet the reporting requirements of the customer service department.
What should you create?

A. a one-to-many relationship from Date[date_id] to Sales[sales_date_id] and another one-to-many relationship from Date[date_id] to
Weekly_Returns[week_id]

B. a one-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_date_id] to Date[date_id] and a one-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_ship_date_id] to
Date[date_id]

C. an additional date table named ShipDate, a many-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_date_id] to Date[date_id], and a many-to-many
relationship from Sales[sales_ship_date_id] to ShipDate[date_id]

D. an additional date table named ShipDate, a one-to-many relationship from Date[date_id] to Sales[sales_date_id], and a one-to-many
relationship from ShipDate[date_id] to Sales[sales_skip_date_id]

Correct Answer: A
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
Need two date tables. Add a one-to-many relationship from both the Date tables to Sales table.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution


D (87%) 9%

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Two date dims, two 1:* relationships
upvoted 11 times

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Explanation is correct but given answer (A) is wrong.
upvoted 9 times

  Booster21 Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago


Selected Answer: B
I believe B is the correct answer. In A, what does Customer service Dept need Weekly_Returns[week_id] for???
upvoted 1 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 month ago


The customer department requires two dates (sales date & ship date) to filter the report by, so they will need another date table. This answer is
shown correctly in DA-100: https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/microsoft/view/41209-exam-da-100-topic-8-question-3-discussion/
upvoted 1 times

  simba_10 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Creating two 1:* relationships, one of them being inactive, and the DAX function USERELATIONSHIP() will satisfy the reporting requirements.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/create-measures-dax-power-bi/4-relationships
upvoted 2 times

  INDEAVR 3 weeks, 4 days ago


yes, but the direction described in the asnwer is wrong.
upvoted 1 times

  zerone72 2 months, 3 weeks ago


"A" is marked as correct answer.
However, the "A" option is not coherent with the explanation.
Answer A suggests creating 2 relationships from the Date table to Sales,
whereas the explanation suggests creating 2 DATES tables which allow
filtering both by sales month and ship month independently. In my opinion, the correct answer is "D" as you need an additional Dates table.
Please let me know if I am wrong
upvoted 6 times
Question #2 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to provide a solution to provide the sales managers with the required access.
What should you include in the solution?

A. Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales Manager table where username = UserName().

B. Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales Manager table where username = sales_manager_id.

C. Create a security role that has a table filter on the Region Manager table where sales_manager_id = UserPrincipalName().

D. Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales_Manager table where name = UserName().

Correct Answer: A
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
Use the username field of the Sales_manager table.
Also use the Username() DAX function to validate the username.
Reference:
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-my/blog/using-username-in-dax-with-row-level-security/

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  ivanb94 2 weeks, 1 day ago


Well I would agree if a table names Sales Manager (with space) existed, but only the Sales-Manager table exists as written in D so I see no
reason why it wouldn't be D. Especially bc the name column used for the USERNAME DAX function in D exists in the table as well.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 2 days ago


Good spotting. Damn Microsoft and weird ambiguous questions
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month ago


Correct
upvoted 2 times

  Alexeyvykhodtsev 1 month, 4 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct
upvoted 3 times
Question #3 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You merge data from Sales_Region, Region_Manager, Sales_Manager, and Manager into a single table named Region.
What should you do next to meet the reporting requirements of the executives?

A. Create a DAX calculated column that retrieves the region manager from the Weekly_Returns table based on the sales_region_id column.

B. Apply row-level security (RLS) to the Region table based on the sales manager username.

C. Configure a bi-directional relationship between Region and Sales_Region.

D. In the Region table, create a hierarchy that has the manager name, and then the sales manager name.

Correct Answer: A
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
A hierarchy is a set of fields categorized in a hierarchical way that one level is the parent of another level. Values of the parent level can be
drilled down to the lower level.
Reference:
https://radacad.com/what-a-power-bi-hierarchy-is-and-how-to-use-it

Community vote distribution


D (100%)

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
Explanation is correct but given answer is wrong.
upvoted 12 times

  Manikom Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Selected Answer: D
It should be D according to the explanation
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days ago


Selected Answer: D
Correct answer is D
upvoted 1 times

  Tin123 1 month ago


ThariCD is right, the answer is correct but they trap the chossen
upvoted 1 times
Question #4 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
What should you create to meet the reporting requirements of the sales department?

A. a measure that uses a formula of COUNTROWS(Sales)

B. a calculated column that use a formula of COUNTA(Sales[sales_id])

C. a calculated column that uses a formula of SUM(Sales[sales_id])

D. a measure that uses a formula of SUM(Sales[sales_id])

Correct Answer: A
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
The COUNTROWS function counts the number of rows in the specified table, or in a table defined by an expression.
Incorrect:
The COUNTA function counts the number of cells in a column that are not empty.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/countrows-function-dax

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: A
Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  olajor 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Shouldn't it be B though? You don't want to count blank sales_ids
upvoted 1 times

  June15 2 months, 2 weeks ago


B says it's a column, not a measure.
upvoted 2 times
Question #5 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
What should you do to address the existing environment data concerns?

A. a calculated column that uses the following formula: ABS(Sales[sales_amount])

B. a measure that uses the following formula: SUMX(FILTER('Sales', 'Sales'[sales_amount] > 0)),[sales_amount])

C. a measure that uses the following formula: SUM(Sales[sales_amount])

D. a calculated column that uses the following formula: IF(ISBLANK(Sales[sales_amount]),0, (Sales[sales_amount]))

Correct Answer: B
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do
NOT contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Community vote distribution


B (67%) D (33%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: B
legit answer 🤙🤙🤙
upvoted 6 times

  Jay_98_11 Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


Selected Answer: D
Answer B has wrong syntax.
upvoted 1 times

  Glubbs 3 weeks, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: D
B only if it had the correct parentheses as per this formula - tested.
SUMX(FILTER('Sales', 'Sales'[sales_amount] > 0),[sales_amount])
upvoted 2 times

  DBAH 1 month, 1 week ago


I'd go for D, the formula in B is not correct, due to the brackets.
upvoted 1 times

  Astex56 2 months ago


B has 2 opening brackets '(', but 3 closing bracket ')'. A bit strange
upvoted 1 times
Question #6 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to create a calculated column to display the month based on the reporting requirements.
Which DAX expression should you use?

A. FORMAT('Date'[date],‫ג‬€MMM YYYY‫ג‬€)

B. FORMAT('Date'[date_id],‫ג‬€MMM‫ג‬€) & ‫ ג‬€‫ג‬€ & FORMAT('Date'[year], ‫ג‬#€‫ג‬€)

C. FORMAT('Date'[date_id],‫ג‬€MMM YYYY‫ג‬€)

D. FORMAT('Date'[date],‫ג‬€M YY‫ג‬€)

Correct Answer: A
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

Custom date/time formats -


The following format characters can be specified in the format_string to create custom date/time formats:
* mmm
Display the month as an abbreviation (Jan-Dec). Localized.
* yyyy
Display the year as a 4-digit number (100-9999).
* Etc.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/format-function-dax#predefined-datetime-formats

Community vote distribution


A (100%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
legit answer 🤙🤙🤙
upvoted 7 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days ago


Selected Answer: A
A is correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 month ago


A is correct.
upvoted 1 times
Topic 9 - Testlet 4

Question #1 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You need to design the data model and the relationships for the Customer Details worksheet and the Orders table by using Power BI. The solution
must meet the report requirements.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Yes -
Need to link the tables for: The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order
month or quarter, product category, and sales region.

Box 2: No -
It should be set to Integer.

Box 3: No -
Can use the Region field of the Customer Details table.
The Orders table only has the ShipRegion field

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


Answer should be No - Yes - No. According to the sample data the CustomerID in Customer Details is a number (1 through 10 is shown in the
example data) and the CustomerID in the Orders table has an example value of VINET, which looks like it corresponds to the value of
CustomerCRMID instead of CustomerID from the Customer Details worksheet so the first answer should be No. The second answer should be
Yes, the CustomerID from Orders has example value VINET, which is text.
upvoted 19 times

  Wadyba 2 weeks ago


Wrong: there is no CustomerCRMID on the Orders table. It's explicitly stated CustomerID, pls don't manufacture questions.
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


ThariCD is right. We cannot link CustomerID from both tables because of the reasons he said. One is a number and one is a five characters
text.
The fact that there is no CustomerCRMID on the Orders table is entirely irrelevant to the question.
upvoted 3 times
  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago
Also the Region should come from Customer Details as the one in Order table is a shipping region, not sales region
upvoted 3 times

  youssef_yt89 Highly Voted  4 weeks ago


1/ NO : the relationship is between CustomerCRMID from Customer Details and CustomerID from Orders
2/ YES: the relationship is between CustomerCRMID from Customer Details and CustomerID(NCHAR) from Orders --> CustomerCRMID have to
be text too.
3/ NO: from Customer Details
upvoted 5 times

  Jay_98_11 Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago


No-yes-no
upvoted 2 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


no - no - no
1. no, because Customer Details CustomerID is int and Order CustomerID is text - not the same content
2. no, because there is no common column where we could join on. Furthermore, it should be avoided to join via text columns, because integer
fields in relations are faster
3. no, because sales region is nowhere defined as the ship-to country or the sold-to country. So it can't be said, that it MUST come from the
Orders.
upvoted 2 times

  zerone72 2 months, 3 weeks ago


According to the example value in the CustomerID column of the ORDERS table, this table contains strings such as "VINET" which can't be
converted to an integer. Therefore, in my opinion, the primary and foreign keys of the relationship must be TEXT and not INTEGER.
As a consequence, I believe the second statement is TRUE
upvoted 3 times
Question #2 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.
The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You need to create a measure that will return the percentage of late orders.
How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -
CALCULATE evaluates an expression in a modified filter context.
Syntax: CALCULATE(<expression>[, <filter1> [, <filter2> [, ‫ג‬€¦]]]) expression - The expression to be evaluated. filter1, filter2,.. - (Optional) Boolean
expressions or table expressions that defines filters, or filter modifier functions.
Incorrect:
* COUNTX - Counts the number of rows that contain a non-blank value or an expression that evaluates to a non-blank value, when evaluating an
expression over a table.
* CALCULATETABLE evaluates a table expression in a modified filter context.
Syntax: CALCULATETABLE(<expression>[, <filter1> [, <filter2> [, ‫ג‬€¦]]])
Expression - The table expression to be evaluated.

Box 2: FILTER -
FILTER returns a table that represents a subset of another table or expression.
Syntax: FILTER(<table>,<filter>)
Box 3: Orders[ShippedDate] > Orders[RequiredDate]
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/filter-function-dax

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Answer is correct.
CALCULATE
FILTER
Orders[ShippedDate] > Orders[RequiredDate]
upvoted 6 times

  Wadyba Highly Voted  2 weeks ago


Correct Answer
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days ago


Answer is correct.
CALCULATE
FILTER
Orders[ShippedDate] > Orders[RequiredDate]
upvoted 1 times
Question #3 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.
The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to minimize the size of the dataset. The solution must meet the report requirements.
What should you do?
A. Group the Categories table by the CategoryID column.

B. Remove the QuantityPerUnit column from the Products table.

C. Filter out discontinued products while importing the Products table.

D. Change the OrderID column in the Orders table to the Text data type.

Correct Answer: B
Removing a column which isn't used in the reports reduces the dataset size.
Incorrect:
Not A: Grouping does not affect size.
Not C: Cannot filter out discontinued products as: The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three
calendar years.
Not D: OrderID must be Integer.

Community vote distribution


B (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Selected Answer: B
Answer is correct
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days ago


Selected Answer: B
B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Tin123 1 month ago


Can anyone explain it for me? Many thanks
upvoted 2 times

  ivanb94 3 weeks, 3 days ago


The QuantityPerUnit column from the Products table is not necessary for the analysis, so that is the correct answer. Filtering does not affect
the size of the dataset, so as the grouping.
upvoted 5 times
Question #4 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.
The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to design the data model to meet the report requirements.
What should you do in Power BI Desktop?
A. From Power Query, add a date table. Create an active relationship to the OrderDate column in the Orders table and an inactive relationship
to the ShippedDate column in the Orders table.

B. From Power Query, add columns to the Orders table to calculate the calendar quarter and the calendar month of the OrderDate column.

C. From Power BI Desktop, use the Auto date/time option when creating the reports.

D. From Power Query, use a DAX expression to add columns to the Orders table to calculate the calendar quarter of the OrderDate column, the
calendar month of the OrderDate column, the calendar quarter of the ShippedDate column, and the calendar month of the ShippedDate
column.

Correct Answer: C
On-Time Shipping report -
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
The Auto date/time is a data load option in Power BI Desktop. The purpose of this option is to support convenient time intelligence reporting
based on date columns loaded into a model. Specifically, it allows report authors using your data model to filter, group, and drill down by using
calendar time periods (years, quarters, months, and days). What's important is that you don't need to explicitly develop these time intelligence
capabilities.
When the option is enabled, Power BI Desktop creates a hidden auto date/time table for each date column, providing all of the following
conditions are true:
The table storage mode is Import
The column data type is date or date/time
The column isn't the "many" side of a model relationship
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-auto-date-time

Community vote distribution


A (57%) C (43%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
Auto date/time does not meet the criteria: The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report
requirements and the technical requirements.

The correct answer is A


upvoted 12 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 2 days ago


A is not correct. 2 tables can only have a pair of relationship. Option A cannot fulfill the requirements of display by either order quarter (month)
or shipdate quarter (month).
upvoted 1 times

  Fer079 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
I think that the C option is the correct one.
the option A creates an active relationship between Sales.orderDate and Date and a inactive relationship between sales.shippedDate and Date.
However we will have visuals where we will have to filter either shippedDate or orderDate, so we will no be able to filter by shipedDate because of
the relationship is inactive (we could create measures using the USERELATIONSHIP() function but this is not the case due to we have to use the
filters directly from the visuals)
upvoted 8 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


I think A is right, because we do have visuals that need a filter on either order or shipping date, but no visual requires a filter on both at the
same time.
upvoted 1 times

  Wadyba Most Recent  2 weeks ago


A is the answer
upvoted 1 times

  Orkhannnn 3 weeks, 4 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  zerone72 2 months ago


--> Top Customers report : "will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.". Therefore you don't need a Dates Table at all. All you need is month and quarter from the sales-date which you will
get if you enable auto-dateTime.
--> Top Products report "will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales
region, and product category". You don't need a Dates table for this report. With auto-DateTime you can get the month and quarter from the
sales-date.
--> On-Time Shipping report "will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:". Therefore, you don't need a dates table
for this report. You only need the shipping month and quarter from the shipping-date which are gonne be automatically created once you will
have enabled auto-dateTime
upvoted 4 times

  sidyndiaye 2 months ago


Agree with you
upvoted 2 times
Question #5 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.
The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You need to create a relationship in the dataset for RLS.
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: many-to-many -
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
With composite models, you can establish a many-to-many relationship between tables, which removes requirements for unique values in
tables. It also removes previous workarounds, such as introducing new tables only to establish relationships.

Box 2: Orders table -


The Orders table has a ShipRegion column.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-create-and-manage-relationships

  Fer079 Highly Voted  2 months ago


Many-to-Many
Customer details

Sales employees should see the sales of their region only, so all sales ordered by customers whose billing address belongs to the sales
employee's region.
Therefore, the relationship between sales employees (region) and customer details (region) should be many-to-many (a sales employee has many
customers in his region and a customer in a region can have many sales employees for that region).
In this case, as the customer table is related to the order table, the sales employees will only be able to see the orders of the customers in their
region.
upvoted 16 times

  PinkZebra 1 month, 3 weeks ago


Agreed as "Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region."
In a good operations and real life model, customers will be assigned to Sales employees ID for performance tracking and bonuses.
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


One to Many
Customer Details

'EACH employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one SALES region '
upvoted 7 times

  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago


But we are not connecting to a region entity but to a customer entity. There'll be more than one customer in a region. There are also more than
one sales employee assigned to one region.
So it should be many-to-many.
upvoted 8 times
  Barb Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago
I think many-to-many is right
Region in employee table is nullable.
So you can have a one-to-many relationship if one value of region is null
upvoted 3 times
Topic 10 - Testlet 5

Question #1 Topic 10

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
You need to update the Power BI model to ensure that the analysts can quickly build drill-downs from business unit to product in a visual.
What should you create?

A. a group

B. a calculated table

C. a hierarchy

D. a calculated column

Correct Answer: C
Drill requires a hierarchy.
When a visual has a hierarchy, you can drill down to reveal additional details.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-drill

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  lukelin08 2 days ago


Selected Answer: C
C is correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 6 days, 4 hours ago


Drill = Hierachy
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 2 weeks, 5 days ago


Selected Answer: C
The answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 1 month ago


The answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times
Topic 11 - Testlet 6

Question #1 Topic 11

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You need to create the Top Customers report.
Which type of filter should you use, and at which level should you apply the filter? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Top N -
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.

Box 2: Visual -
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Applying specific measures to the visual-level filter of a visualization is a very powerful technique to completely customize the items shown in a
report. The presence of this filter requires special measures in order to display values related to items not included in the visual level filter.
Reference:
https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/filtering-the-top-3-products-for-each-category-in-power-bi/

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


TopN
Visual
(TopN is a visual specific filter)
upvoted 10 times

  MauDV Highly Voted  2 months ago


Since it's talking about Top Customers Report, I would assume all of the report is based off the top customers, so shouldn't box 2 be Report
level?
upvoted 5 times

  Joe75 1 month, 4 weeks ago


You can't use TopN in report or Page level
upvoted 7 times
  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days ago
Given answer is correc
TopN
Visual
(TopN is a visual specific filter)
upvoted 1 times
Question #2 Topic 11

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes
too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.


The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following tables:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.
The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.


Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.
Requirements. Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,
and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each
department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to create the On-Time Shipping report. The report must include a visualization that shows the percentage of late orders.
Which type of visualization should you create?
A. pie chart

B. scatterplot

C. bar chart

Correct Answer: C
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Bar and column charts are some of the most widely used visualization charts in Power BI. They can be used for one or multiple categories. Both
these chart types represent data with rectangular bars, where the size of the bar is proportional to the magnitude of data values.
Reference:
https://www.pluralsight.com/guides/bar-and-column-charts-in-power-bi

Community vote distribution


A (67%) C (33%)

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


C. bar chart
upvoted 10 times

  Sucheta_SM Highly Voted  2 months, 1 week ago


Pie chart because from 100% what % is late orders. Please feel free to correct me.
upvoted 6 times

  Fer079 2 months ago


The report must show "The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region", so I think that the Bar chart fits
better
upvoted 10 times

  Namenick10 Most Recent  5 days, 12 hours ago


Selected Answer: C
C. bar chart
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 6 days, 4 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
% should be pie chart
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


Selected Answer: A
I would say A. Pie Chart.

The question is:


"You need to create the On-Time Shipping report. The report must include a visualization that shows the percentage of late orders.
Which type of visualization should you create?"

The first sentence of the question sets the context : "You need to create the On-Time Shipping report"
The real question is : "The report must include a visualization that shows the percentage of late orders. Which type of visualization should you
create?"

And for this specific question, a pie chart makes more sense than any of the other options.
upvoted 1 times
Topic 12 - Testlet 7

Question #1 Topic 12

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You need to create a KPI visualization to meet the reporting requirements of the sales managers.
How should you create the visualization? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
Box 1: Sales[sales_amount]
Value; The main measure which we want to evaluate
Example:
Sales = sum(FactInternetSales[SalesAmount])
Box 2: Date[month]
Trend; How Value perfoms in a time period, is it going upward, downward‫ג‬€¦?
You can use Months as trend axis.
Box 3: Targets[sales_target]
Target; What we want to compare the Value with
Reference:
https://radacad.com/kpi-visual-in-power-bi-explained

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


- Sales [sales_amount]
- Date [month]
- Targets [sales_target]
upvoted 11 times

  Booster21 Highly Voted  1 month ago


The answer is correct.
upvoted 8 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  2 days ago


Given answer is correct
- Sales [sales_amount]
- Date [month]
- Targets [sales_target]
upvoted 1 times
Topic 13 - Testlet 8

Question #1 Topic 13

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You publish the dataset to powerbi.com.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


No (it's Azure SQLDB; cloud based)
No (we need Direct Query)
No (we use Azure AD; OAuth2)
upvoted 15 times

  zerone72 Highly Voted  1 month, 3 weeks ago


1- You definitely don't need a gateway as Azure SQL is could based.
2- The question says that "transactions must be updated within 5 minutes". Therefore, (unless you plan to create a composite model) you should
connect to the DB in direct query mode, hence you don't need to schedule any refresh.
3- Azure SQL allow to use OAuth2. This doesn't mean that you can't use basic authentication anymore. The question asks if you CAN use basic
authentication and you can still use it, even though you have the option to use azure authentication.
In my opinion the answer is : NO, NO , YES !
upvoted 5 times
  NotMeAnyWay Most Recent  1 month ago
No - Azure SQL Server, therefore no need for an on-premise Gateway as Service and Azure are in the cloud.
No - DirectQuery mode for the DB connection, so no need to schedule a refresh. DirectQuery is a live connection.
No - Azure SQL supports the following connections from Power BI: Windows, Database and Microsoft Account. (Basic is reserved for Power
Query Online. Do not confuse Database with Basic.):

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/azuresqldatabase
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-azure-sql-database-with-direct-connect
upvoted 2 times

  June15 2 months, 3 weeks ago


Isn't the Azure SQL database - cloud base? Do we still need gateway?
upvoted 3 times

  Tsuk 2 months, 1 week ago


It’s because of word “plan to” , I guess
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


No need for a gateway
upvoted 1 times
Question #2 Topic 13

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.
Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Existing Environment. Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.
In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.
The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Existing Environment. Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation.
Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.
The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.
The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
What should you create to meet the reporting requirements of the sales department?

A. a measure column that uses the following formula: SUMX(FILTER('Sales', 'Sales'[sales_amount] > 0)),[sales_amount])

B. a calculated column that uses the following formula: ABS(Sales[sales_amount])

C. a calculated column that uses the following formula: IF(ISBLANK(Sales[sales_amount]),0, (Sales[sales_amount]))

D. a measure that uses the following formula: SUM(Sales[sales_amount])

Correct Answer: A

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


None seem to be correct as sales department requires the number of transactions
upvoted 6 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 2 days ago


Improve data quality. Correct Answer is A. Sales team have multiple requirements.
upvoted 1 times

  olajor 2 months, 2 weeks ago


agreed, these options are for another question entirely
upvoted 3 times

  Mizaan 1 month, 3 weeks ago


I agree as well, none apply
upvoted 1 times

  Orkhannnn 2 weeks, 2 days ago


Most Recent 
According to other websites the correct options are
A. a measure that uses a formula of SUM (sales[sales_id])
B. a calculated column that use a formula of COUNTA(sales [sales_id])
C. a measure that uses a formula of COUNTROWS (Sales)
D. a calculated column that use a formula of SUM (sales [sales_id])

The sale department require reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Correct answer is C
upvoted 2 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 2 days ago


You are talking about the other question.
upvoted 1 times

  juanceee 1 month ago


this exact question appear in my exam 10/29/2022
upvoted 2 times

  powerbibuddy 3 weeks, 3 days ago


given options were same as I see this same question on another website with different options in answer section
upvoted 1 times
Topic 14 - Testlet 9

Question #1 Topic 14

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
HOTSPOT -
You need to grant access to the business unit analysts.
What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: App permissions -


App permissions.
This section describes the kinds of permissions you can grant to the specified users
* Allow all users to connect to the app's underlying datasets using the Build permission
This option grants build permission on the app's underlying datasets.
* Etc.
Note: Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
✑ Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
✑ Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
✑ Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts
must NOT be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
✑ Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
✑ Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.
Incorrect:
Not Member role: Would grant too much permissions.
Not Viewer role: Need more granular permissions.

Box 2: Reshare -
App permissions,
This section describes the kinds of permissions you can grant to the specified users
* Allow users to share the app and the app's underlying datasets using the share permission
This option grants users reshare permission on the app's underlying datasets.
* Etc.
Note: Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts
must NOT be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps

  ThariCD Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago


To be able to build new reports based on underlying dataset you need Build permission, not Reshare permission so the second option should be
Build.
upvoted 13 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


correct
upvoted 4 times

  Namenick10 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Highly Voted 
- The Viewer roler to the workspace
- Build
upvoted 12 times

  shakes103 2 weeks, 3 days ago


The Viewer role only grants "read only" access to the dataset. Therefore it cannot be correct for this question.
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 1 week, 1 day ago


That is why we grant the Build right in the second part of the question. Viewer role + Build right on the dataset is perfectly valid and is the
answer to this question.
upvoted 1 times

  Peguero 2 weeks ago


is correct "access permission to an app" for the first quesion?
upvoted 1 times

  disndat7 Most Recent  1 day, 21 hours ago


"Access permission to an app" is correct, as this allows users to build contents with the datasets in the app (which is what the business analyst
required to do). Refer to: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps#create-and-manage-
audiences
upvoted 1 times
Question #2 Topic 14

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.
Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
HOTSPOT -
How should you distribute the reports to the board? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Using a workspace membership


Note 1: The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to
supplementary information.
Sharing is the easiest way to give people access to your reports and dashboards in the Power BI service. You can share with people inside or
outside your organization.ֲ¨
Where you can share:
You can share reports and dashboards from My Workspace.
You can share from workspaces other than My Workspace, if you have the Admin or Member role in the workspace. If you have the Contributor
or Viewer role, you can share if you have Reshare permissions.
You can share from the Power BI mobile apps.
You can't share directly from Power BI Desktop.
Box 2: A mail-enabled security group in Azure Active Directory

Mail-Enabled Security Group -


This group also contains a list of email addresses of members and can also be used to control access to OneDrive and SharePoint.
The Mail-Enabled Security Group can be created in the Office 365 Admin Portal
Note: The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share
information with the board.
Incorrect:
* Distribution Group
This group can also be called and Distribution List. The Distribution Group is a group which contains a list of email addresses of members, all
of whom will be sent an email when an email is sent to the distribution groups email address.
The Distribution Group can be created in the Azure Active Directory
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards https://www.fourmoo.com/2020/04/01/power-bi-
which-groups-can-be-used-to-set-permissions-in-power-bi/

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


1. Using an App
2. A mail-enabled security group in Azure Active Directory
upvoted 14 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Highly Voted 
- Using an app - as they require CUSTOM NAVIGATION
- AAD
upvoted 7 times

  powerbibuddy Most Recent  3 weeks, 3 days ago


Using as App
A mail enabled security group
upvoted 3 times
Question #3 Topic 14

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.
Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
You need to ensure that the data is updated to meet the report requirements. The solution must minimize configuration effort.
What should you do?

A. From each report in powerbi.com, select Refresh visuals.

B. From Power BI Desktop, download the PBIX file and refresh the data.

C. Configure a scheduled refresh without using an on-premises data gateway.

D. Configure a scheduled refresh by using an on-premises data gateway.

Correct Answer: D
The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.
You have options available with the scheduled refresh for the On-premises data gateway (personal mode) and the On-premises data gateway.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh

Community vote distribution


C (100%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: C
Trick question, depends whether the Microsoft Dynamics 365 is cloud or on prem.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/dynamicscrm-2016/administering-dynamics-365/dn708055(v=crm.8)#in-this-topic
upvoted 10 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 1 day ago


The question mentions that "The balance sheet is IMPORTED." My understanding is that it is on-premise and the correct answer is D.
upvoted 2 times

  simba_10 1 month, 3 weeks ago


From your link:
"Scheduled refresh of reports isn’t supported with Dynamics 365 (on-premises) datasets that are published to the Power BI service. You can
refresh reports using in Microsoft Power BI Desktop or Microsoft Office Excel and then upload the reports to the Power BI service."
So D is impossible. C is correct.
upvoted 5 times
Question #4 Topic 14

Introductory Info
Case Study -
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,
there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions
included on this exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might
contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is
independent of the other questions in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to
the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -


To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study
before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem
statements. If the case study has an
All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to
answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts
manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -


Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -


The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -


The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the
format shown in the following table.
Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each
quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the
reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to
populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The
logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.
The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary
information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:
Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT
be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -
You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least
one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter.
The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
Revenue trends over time
The ending balances of each account
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
What is the minimum number of Power BI datasets needed to support the reports?

A. a single imported dataset

B. two imported datasets

C. two DirectQuery datasets

D. a single DirectQuery dataset

Correct Answer: B
Note:
Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must
NOT be included in the quarterly reports for the board.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.
Two datasets are required.
Need DAX for: A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year. Also see other questions in this Case study
which uses DAX expressions.
Incorrect:
Not DirectQuery: DirectQuery Limited Transformations.
You are not able to use all of the normal Power Query transformation features. Particular DAX functions are not available in this method as well.
So if your data is poorly structured or needing lots of transformation, sometimes Direct Query is not a viable option.
Reference:
https://www.tessellationtech.io/import-vs-direct-query-power-bi/

Community vote distribution


A (61%) B (39%)

  milb Highly Voted  1 month, 1 week ago


Take a rest boys, we earned it.
upvoted 12 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 1 day ago


Take a rest girls, we earned it.
upvoted 5 times

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago


Selected Answer: A
A. a single imported dataset
upvoted 10 times

  disndat7 Most Recent  1 day, 2 hours ago


Selected Answer: A
A for sure. The rest doesn't make sense. Don't overthink it.
upvoted 1 times
  fred92 1 month, 1 week ago
Selected Answer: B
It's already stated correctly in the given answer.
"Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data"
"Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data"
Due to this different permissions you need 2 datasets. Import mode.
upvoted 7 times

  MayaYao 1 week, 1 day ago


You can have multiple options. A single imported dataset can meet the requirements as well.
P&L is Azure SQLDB - normally DirectQuery. If there is an option - one DirectQuery and one import will be more appropriate.
upvoted 1 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 month, 2 weeks ago


would go A
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 2 months, 2 weeks ago


Legit, all done 🤙🤙🤙
upvoted 6 times

  Luffy561 2 months, 1 week ago


so you are going with A?
upvoted 3 times

You might also like